Home

E-Class - Dealer e

1. Information on displaying the outside tem perature in the multifunction display can be found under Outside temperature display page 188 Set the instrument cluster lighting via the on board computer see the Digital opera tor s manual Instrument cluster 37 Function Speedometer with seg ments Multifunction display Tachometer At a glance 4 Be P44 TL UV oa o be is At a glance _ 8 Warning and indicator lamps 1010 10 0101010 Function ee SPORT A ISW E BRAKE ESP SPORT handling mode in AMG vehicles Distance warning ESP OFF Brakes USA only Turn signals cm Re Brakes Canada only ABS Restraint system Check Engine Tire pressure monitor Page 206 207 210 206 204 204 205 48 211 S 0 Function Seat belt Diesel engine pre ESP in AMG vehicles Coolant High beam head S Low beam head s Parking lamps This lamp has no func Reserve fuel 4 TIS V N D oO a N oO N E N N oO xe i Function Page Multifunction display m Audio 20 or COMAND dis play Sa we Vehicles with Audio 20 switches on voice operated control for navigation see
2. gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This does not correct the malfunction Display messages oe Display messages SRS Malfunction Service Required 7 Front Left Mal func tion Service Required or Front Right Malfunction Service Required x Rear Left Malfunc tion Service Required or Rear Right Malfunction Service Required ar Rear Center Mal function Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The restraint system is faulty The warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Observe the additional information on restraint systems gt page 48 The restraint system has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus ter Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increa
3. 00 136 Notes on breaking in a new vehi Co NR Sec ocsc ce ecco Ose Driving Automatic transmission 142 Refueling 2 Se eee 145 Parking e e e EE 151 Driving tips r 153 Driving systems ccccceeeeeees 155 7 Driving and parking __ Driving and parking Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle The sensor system of some driving and driv ing safety systems adjusts automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered or after repairs Full system effectiveness is not reached until the end of this teach in proce dure New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal The more you look after the engine when it is new the more satisfied you will be with its performance in the future e You should therefore drive at varying vehi cle and engine spe
4. gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise from position 1 to position 2 gt Remove the mechanical key gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key Unlocking the trunk Sedan H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid If the trunk cannot be unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechani cal key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the trunk lid the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 87 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 92 gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key from position 1 counter clockwise as far as it will go to position 2 The trunk is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back to position and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key _ Trunk cargo compartment Trunk emergency release Sedan You can open the trunk lid from inside the vehicle with the emergency release button bo D HS b0 E Q O gt Press emergency release button Q briefly The trunk lid unlocks and opens The trunk lid can be unlocked and opened with the trunk lid emergency release when the vehicle is stat
5. Destination entry General notes The information given relating to destination entry applies to COMAND For information on Audio 20 see the manufacturer s operating instructions Destination entry options Destination entry may be blocked while driv ing depending on the country specifications Address input Keyword search using fragments of words From the list of last destinations up to 50 destinations Selecting a contact from the address book contact with navigation data Selecting a POI e g gas station restau rant for different positions On the map Entering intermediate destinations From Mercedes Benz Apps Requirement USA mbrace is activated for the Mercedes Benz Apps Requirement Canada a mobile phone is connected via Bluetooth or USB with COMAND Entering geo coordinates Example address entry a BROADWAY OW YORK gt Show the menu gt page 225 gt To select Destination turn and press the controller gt Select Address Entry gt Enter the address e g as a city street and house number Audio 20 COMAND operating system es m a lt x oO O So N 2 ge i lt x d Audio 20 COMAND operating system Audio 20 COMAND Calculating the route gt To confirm Start press the controller The route is calculated with the current route type Selecting a route type gt Show the menu gt page 225 gt To select Setti
6. Driving and parking Driving systems Driving and parking You can have current status information dis played in the assistance menu gt page 190 of the on board computer gt Select the Assistance display for ATTEN TION ASSIST using the on board computer gt page 190 The following information is displayed e length of the journey since the last break e the attention level determined by ATTEN TION ASSIST displayed in a bar display in five levels from high to low e if ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the attention level and cannot output a warning the System Suspended message appears The bar display then changes the display e g if you are driving at a speed below 37 mph 60 km h or above 124 mph 200 km h Activating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on board computer gt page 190 The system determines the attention level of the driver depending on the setting selected Standard selected the sensitivity with which the system determines the attention level is set to normal Sensitive selected the sensitivity is set higher The attention level detected by Atten tion Assist is adapted accordingly and the driver is warned earlier When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the symbol and OFF appear in the multi function display in the assistance display when the engine is running When ATTENTION ASSIST has been deactiva ted it is automatically reac
7. io a ge c bo S m Always observe the traffic conditions care Monitoring area fully and maintain a safe lateral distance A WARNING USA only Active Blind Spot Assist does not detect all traffic situations and road users There is a This device has been approved by the FCC na aa den as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Always make sure that there is sufficient dis tance on the side for other traffic or obstacles et Aria Moem Canada only This device complies with a j RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is Gein ff subject to the following two conditions Are so cy 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device i Removal tampering or altering of the Example Sedan device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment dig ij aj PA TOIT
8. Features Ea button on the gt To end a call press the EQ multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding COMAND Audio 20 button for ending a phone call MB Info call button gt To call MB Info press MB Info call but ton This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in MB Info call button flashes while the connection is being made The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The COMAND Audio 20 display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button in COMAND Audio 20 for example Voice output is not available in this case A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants Stowage and features a Features ot Stowage and features You receive information about operating your vehicle about the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and about other prod ucts and services from Mercedes Benz You can find further information on
9. set something down or lift something up behind the vehicle polish the rear of the vehicle Do not carry the KEYLESS GO key about your person in these situations or in situa tions similar to these You can thus avoid unintentionally opening or closing the trunk lid tailgate e Dirt caused by road salt around sensors Q may restrict functionality e Using the HANDS FREE ACCESS with a prosthetic leg may restrict functionality Example Sedan gt To open close kick into sensor detection range under the bumper with your foot Sedan you will hear a warning tone while the trunk lid is closing Wagon you will hear a warning tone while the tailgate is opening or closing gt If the trunk lid tailgate does not open after several attempts wait at least ten seconds then move your foot under the bumper again If you hold your foot under the bumper for too long the trunk lid tailgate does not open or close Repeat the leg movement more quickly if this occurs Sedan to cancel the closing procedure e move your foot in sensor detection range under the bumper e pull the handle on the outside of the trunk lid e press the closing button in the trunk lid or e press the 5 button on the SmartKey If the closing procedure of the trunk lid is canceled the trunk lid opens again auto matically Wagon to stop the opening or closing pro cedure e move your foot in sensor detection range
10. Active Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 0 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram te Driving systems __ Driving and parking The detection of obstacles can be impaired in the case of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e poor visibility e g due to rain snow or spray Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated or indicated with a delay Active Blind Spot Assist may not detect nar row vehicles such as motorcycles or bicy cles or may only detect them too late If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if there are vehicles at the edge of their lane Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warning is canceled when driving for an extended period next to long vehicles such as trucks Warning display Warning display Active Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated When Active Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yellow at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km
11. H In car washes with a towing mechanism make sure that the automatic transmission is in transmission position N otherwise the vehicle could be damaged e Vehicles with a SmartKey Do not remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Do not open the driver s door or front passenger door when the engine is switched off Otherwise the automatic transmission selects park position P automatically and locks the wheels You can prevent this by shifting the automatic transmission to N before hand e Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Do not open the driver s door or front passenger door when the engine is switched off Otherwise the automatic transmission selects park position P automatically and locks the wheels H If the key is within the rear detection range of KEYLESS GO situations such as the following could lead to the uninten tional opening of the trunk lid tailgate e using a car wash e using a power washer Make sure that the SmartKey is at least 10 ft 3 m away from the vehicle Observe the following to make sure that the automatic transmission stays in position N gt Make sure the vehicle is stationary and the ignition is switched off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 137 Use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N gt Release the brake pedal
12. If ESP intervenes gt Do not deactivate ESP under any circum stances gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away gt Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail ing road and weather conditions ECO start stop function The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically when the vehicle stops moving The engine starts automati cally when the driver wants to pull away again ESP remains in its previously selected sta tus Example if ESP was deactivated before the engine was switched off ESP remains deactivated when the engine is switched on again Deactivating activating ESP except AMG vehicles Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 Driving safety systems You can select between the following states e ESP is activated e ESP is deactivated Z WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident A Y Ge N Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following E Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activate ESP as soon as the situations
13. Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Regardless of the speed rating always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the traffic condi tions Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h 1 OrM S 4 for winter tires Index Speed rating H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h WwW up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZREN up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y over 186 mph 300 km h ZR over 149 mph 240 km h e Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed rating in the service specification Example 245 40 ZR18 97 Y In this exam ple 97 Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed rating The maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifica tions ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed The size description for all tires with maxi mum speeds of over 186 mph 300 km h must include ZR and the service specifi cation must be given in parentheses Exam ple 275 40 ZR 18 99
14. gt To show the menu bar slide the con troller gt To select Move turn and press the control ler gt To store the favorite in the desired order turn and press the controller The favorite has been moved If a favorite is stored over another favorite the favorite underneath is deleted Deleting favorites gt Press the favorites button on the controller The favorites are displayed gt Toselect the favorite to be deleted turn the controller gt To show the menu bar slide the con troller gt To select Delete turn and press the con troller gt To select Yes turn and press the controller The favorite is deleted or gt To select No turn and press the controller The process is canceled Vehicle settings Calling up vehicle settings gt Press the button or gt Press Vehicle in the main function bar The vehicle menu is displayed gt To select Vehicle Settings turn and press the controller The Vehicle Settings menu is active gt To select the desired vehicle setting turn and press the controller The main area with the setting element is active o Selecting a different vehicle setting gt To activate the menu for selecting the vehi cle setting slide t the controller Exiting the vehicle settings gt To select in the display slide 4 and press the controller Navigation Introduction Important safety notes Z WARNING If you oper
15. Cargo net with cargo compartment enlargement gt Make sure that the cargo net is attached to the rear seat backrest gt page 243 gt Guide the cargo net up by tab Q and hook it into eyelets Coat hook Coat hooks on the tailgate Wagon EASY PACK trunk box Sedan Important safety notes Z WARNING When the load surface moves up your hands may become trapped on the frame of the EASY PACK trunk box There is a risk of injury When the load surface moves up make sure that your hands are not within the sweep of the load surface If someone becomes trap ped carefully push the center of the load sur face downward H When the EASY PACK trunk box is pulled out no objects may be placed on the frame of the box nor should the frame be pushed from above Otherwise the box could be damaged H Sharp edged pointed or fragile objects can damage the EASY PACK trunk box and then be thrown out There is a risk of injury Do not transport sharp edged pointed or fragile objects in the EASY PACK trunk box Always store and secure these or similar objects in the trunk outside of the EASY PACK trunk box H If you exceed the maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box objects can be thrown out of the EASY PACK trunk box and strike vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of E Stowage and features aA Stowage areas Removing and installing E Stowage and feature
16. Stopping WARNING When leaving the vehicle even if it is braked only by DISTRONIC PLUS it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated with the cruise control lever e g by a vehi cle occupant or from outside the vehicle e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle against rolling away For further information on deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 161 If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front is stopping it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary Once your vehicle is stationary it remains stationary and you do not need to depress the brake Depending on the specified minimum dis tance your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficient distance behind the vehicle in front The specified minimum distance is set using the control on the cruise control lever Driving systems ae When DISTRONIC PLUS is activated the transmission is shifted automatically to posi tion P if e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start
17. Using the telephone menu gt To call up the telephone menu press the TEL button gt To select all numbers one after the other in the telephone menu turn and press the controller each time gt To select in the telephone menu turn and press the controller The call is made Using call lists gt To call up the telephone menu press the TEL button gt To switch to the menu bar slide 4 the controller gt To select Call Lists turn and press the controller gt To select Calls Received or Calls Dialed turn and press the controller The relevant list is displayed gt To select an entry and make a call turn and press the controller Using the phone book gt To call up the telephone menu press the TEL button gt To select Name in the telephone menu turn and press the controller The phone book is displayed with an active character bar gt To select characters turn the controller and press to confirm The first contact with the selected first character is highlighted in the phone book gt Select the characters of the contact you are searching for one by one pressing and con firming with the controller each time gt To end the search select ok The contacts in the phone book are dis played gt To select a contact turn and press the con troller If a contact contains more than one phone number gt
18. a Features Stowage and features Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Vanity mirror in the sun visor e Glare from the side Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Downloading destinations in COMAND e Search amp Send e Vehicle remote opening e Vehicle remote closing e Stolen vehicle recovery service e Vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis e Downloading routes e Speed alert e Geo fencing e Triggering the vehicle alarm The mbrace system is only available in the USA General notes The mbrace system is only available in the USA You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To log in press the Q i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 Shortly after successfully registering with the mbrace service a user ID and password will be sent to you by mail You can use this pass word to log onto the mbrace area under Own ers Online at http www mbusa com The system is
19. ad Audio 20 COMAND operating system Audio 20 COMAND Below it you will see the main display field The climate control status display is briefly displayed when you operate the climate con trol system Cleaning instructions H Do not touch the display The display has avery sensitive high gloss surface there is arisk of scratching If you have to clean the screen however use a mild cleaning agent and a soft lint free cloth The display must be switched off and have cooled down before you start cleaning Clean the display screen when necessary with a commercially available microfiber cloth and cleaning agent for TFT LCD displays Do not apply pressure to the display surface when cleaning it as this could cause irreversible damage to the display Then dry the surface with a dry microfiber cloth Avoid using alcoholic thinners gasoline or abrasive cleaning agents These could dam age the display surface Function Switches to radio mode Calls up the Radio menu Switches to the last selec ted media mode Calls up the Media menu Inserts and removes a CD DVD from the single drive COMAND Audio 20 Inserts a CD DVD into the DVD changer COMAND Removes a CD DVD from the DVD changer COMAND Selects the previous station from the station list Skips backwards to a track Rewinds Loads ejects the CD DVD A Single disc drive Audio 20 COMAND DVD changer COMAND
20. e If another remote control is availableforthe Press and hold buttons and same garage door drive repeat the same The indicator lamp initially lights up yellow programming steps with this remote con and then green trol Before performing these steps make Release buttons and sure that new batteries have been installed The memory of the integrated garage door in garage door drive remote control opener in the rear view mirror is cleared Note that some remote controls only trans mit for a limited amount of time the indi cator lamp on the remote control goes out Floormats Press button on remote control again before transmission ends Z WARNING e Align the antenna cable of the garage door Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the opener unit This can improve signal recep pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal tion transmission The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Opening closing the garage door Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use After it has been programmed the integrated garage door opener performs the function of the garage door system remote control b gt al Features Stowage and features loose floormats and do not place f
21. e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in emergency mode have the wheel rims checked at a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use The defective tire must be replaced in every case TIREFIT kit Important safety notes TIREFIT is a tire sealant You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to 0 16 in 4 mm particularly those in the tire tread You can use TIREFIT at outside tem peratures down to 4 F 20 C Z WARNING In the following situations the tire sealant is unable to provide sufficient breakdown assis tance as it is unable to seal the tire properly e there are cuts or punctures in the tire larger than those mentioned above e the wheel rim is damaged e you have driven at very low tire pressures or on a flat tire There is a risk of an accident Do not drive the vehicle Contact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita tion It must not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing or be swallowed Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes Keep tire sealant away from children There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the tire sealant observe the following e Rinse off the tire sealant from your skin immediately with water e If the tire sealant comes into contact with your eyes immediately
22. gt Release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock jan Maintenance and care You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce Lc Maintenance and care wiping noises caused by residue on the wind shield Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Washing by hand e Power washers e Cleaning the paintwork e Matte finish care e Cleaning the wheels e Cleaning the windows e Cleaning wiper blades e Cleaning the exterior lighting e Cleaning the mirror turn signals e Cleaning the sensors e Cleaning the rear view camera e Cleaning the 360 camera e Cleaning the exhaust pipes In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Cleaning the display e Cleaning the plastic trim e Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever e Cleaning genuine wood and trim strips e Cleaning the seat covers e Cleaning the seat belts e Cleaning the headliner and carpets Useful information Where will I find ceeeees Flat tiree eerste rere cers Battery vehicle ceeeee Jump
23. gt Take cover Q off the opening gt Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far as it will go and tighten it Removing the towing eye gt Unscrew and remove the towing eye gt Attach cover Q to the bumper and press until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit It is important that you observe the safety instructions when towing away your vehicle gt page 281 The automatic transmission automatically shifts to position P when you open the driver s or front passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock In order to ensure that the automatic transmission stays in position N when towing the vehicle you must observe the following points gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and the SmartKey in the ignition lock is in posi tion 0 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock On vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button gt page 139 gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps see the Digital Operator s Manual gt Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in the ignition lock When towing with the hazard warning lamps switched on use the combination switch as usual to signal a change of direc Towing and tow starting Ea tion In this case only the i
24. seeen 154 DVD video Operating on board computer 190 see also Digital Operator s Man Well EI EEE AEAEE ENT E10 see Fuel EASY ENTRY feature Activating deactivating 190 FUNCHION NOLES s0cccsseseseeceeeseaeess 117 EASY EXIT feature FUNCtION NOTES cceceeseseeeeesenees 117 Switching on off 190 EASY PACK cargo compartment management system 246 EASY PACK folding floor Important safety notes s s 248 EASY PACK folding luggage com partment floor Opening and closing sesse 249 EASY PACK load securing kit Components and storage 246 Inserting the brackets into the loading rail heisse 247 EASY PACK rear sill protector 249 EASY PACK trunk box cee 245 EBD electronic brake force distri bution Display message ssec 194 FUNCtION NOTES sesrscersersrsrsorirrsrseses 84 ECO display F nction notes esscr 154 ECO start stop function Automatic engine start 0 0 141 Automatic engine switch off 141 Deactivating activating 141 General information eee 141 Important safety notes 141 IMEFODUCLIOMN ccsscesscessssonestasseresesnsesss 141 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Stability Program Emergency Automatic measures after an acci COME cs eissersestevesstecttvesassteests ates es 67 Emergency release Drivers GOOF reniras 96 Fuel filler flaps reisse 147 TUNK eere as 103
25. E 350 4MATIC Summer tires R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL All weather tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 4 BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S 4 R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S Winter tires R17 Tires BA 245 45R17 99 HXLM S A 3 BA 245 45R17 99 HXLM S 4 3 3 Available as MOExtended tires 4 Only for Sedan Wheel and tire combinations ee Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 851x17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 7 Wheels and tires Wheel and tire combinations _ Wheels and tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 HXL M S 4 4 BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm E 400 Summer tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 95 W BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 Y XL BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 W BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 Y XL BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels FA 245 40 R18 9
26. E Class Sedan and Wagon Operator s Manual 2125847502 E Class Sedan and Wagon Operator s Manual Order no 6515 3655 13 Part no 212 584 7502 Edition A 2016 J Mercedes Benz Symbols gt This symbol indicates an instruction Registered trademarks that must be followed e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of gt evera ot these symbols ee Bluetooth SIG Inc sion indicate an instruction with sev DTS i istered trademark or DTS aral Steps ee A ao gt This symbol tells you where you can e Dolby and MLP are registered trademarks of DOLBY Laboratories e BabySmart ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG page find more information about a topic gt This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Dis This text indicates a message in the Johnson Controls play multifunction COMAND Audio dis e iPod and iTunes are registered trade play marks of Apple Inc 2 This symbol tells you that you can find further information in the Digital Operator s Manual e Logic7 is a registered trademark of Har man International Industries e Microsoft and Windows media are reg istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora tion e SIRIUS is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc e HD Radio is a registered trademark of iBig uity Digital Corporation e Gracenote is a registered trademark of
27. Ve MCSE cobsresetetes ce etercshecceszepecceacesterzees 96 Emergency spare wheel General NOLS sre Important safety notes REMOVING essscshcssussstesnspescbeseeeaaesiaess Storage location sesser SLOWING srs spin Technical data csocsi Emergency Tensioning Devices Activation v0 sccccccccaiesecssestcasczcicnsncess 63 Emergency unlocking Tailgate niieoee r 103 Emissions control Service and warranty information 28 Engine Check Engine warning lamp 202 Display message ceecee 199 ECO start stop function 141 Engine number 337 Irregular running 142 JUMP StartiNg ssec 279 Starting problems ceeeeeeeeeeee 142 Starting the engine with the SmartKey neresine 140 Starting with KEYLESS GO 140 Switching Off eee eeeeeseeeeeeneeeees 152 Tow starting Vehicle n se 284 Engine electronics Problem malfunction sesse 142 Engine oil Adding tniii cestas 264 Checking the oil level n se 263 Checking the oil level using the CIPStiCk sess iciisecsseseccseescies evans 264 Display MeSSage siccis erisin 191 Filling Capacity wc eee 342 Notes about oil grades 341 Notes on oil level consumption 263 Temperature on board com PUTET ieit eene en e es 190 Entering an address see also Digital Operator s Man Ual porsies desiere isinin iesise 214 ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram Activating deactivating except AMG vehicles eee 81
28. gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases Fy On board computer and displays Pa Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster LI On board computer and displays Safety systems Problem erare USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds erare USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A WARNING The brake boosting effect is malfunctioning and the braking char acteristics may be affected There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display Z WARNING There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circum
29. gt To store the favorite in the desired order turn and press the controller The favorite has been added If a favorite is stored over another favorite the favorite underneath is deleted Adding your own favorites You can store phone numbers from the phone book radio stations preferred media or nav igation locations as favorites You can store phone numbers from the phone book preferred media or radio stations as favorites A phone number from the phone book is used as an example gt To store the phone number as a favorite press and hold the favorites button on the controller until the favorites are displayed gt To store the favorite in the desired order turn and press the controller The favorite has been added If a favorite is stored over another favorite the favorite underneath is deleted Pj Audio 20 COMAND Ea Audio 20 COMAND operating system m Audio 20 COMAND Renaming favorites gt Press the favorites button on the controller The favorites are displayed gt To select the favorite to be renamed turn the controller gt To show the menu bar slide the con troller gt To select Rename turn and press the con troller gt To finish the entry select OK The favorite has been renamed Moving favorites Confirm to add PA AREN gt Press the favorites button on the controller The favorites are displayed gt To select the favorite to be moved turn the controller
30. passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible e the person is seated correctly Make sure both before and during the jour ney that the status of the front passenger front air bag is correct Z WARNING If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off the front passenger front air bag can deploy in the event of an accident The child could be struck by the air bag This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that the front passenger front air bag has been disabled The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit Z WARNING If you secure a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and you position the front passenger seat too close to the dashboard the child could in the event of an accident e come into contact with the vehicle s inte rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is lit for example e be struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt sash guide to
31. play A lane correcting brake application can be made after driving over a lane marking rec ognize as being solid or broken Before this a warning must be given by means of intermit tent vibration in the steering wheel In addi tion a lane with lane markings on both sides must be recognized In the case of a broken lane marking being detected a lane correcting brake application can only be made if a vehicle has been detec ted in the adjacent lane The following vehi cles can have an influence on brake applica tion oncoming traffic vehicles that are over taking and vehicles that are driving parallel to your vehicle A further lane correcting brake applica tion can only occur after your vehicle has returned to the original lane No lane correcting brake application occurs if e you clearly and actively steer brake or accelerate e you cut the corner on a sharp bend Driving systems ee e you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e you have switched on the turn signals e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP PRE SAFE Brake or Active Blind Spot Assist e ESP is switched off e the transmission is not in position D e an obstacle has been detected in the lane in which you are driving e when a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed There is a possibility that the Active Lane Keeping Assist could mi
32. stop function e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Setting a speed e Setting the specified minimum distance e DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the instru ment cluster Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS There are several ways to deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards Q or gt Brake unless the vehicle is stationary When you deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS you willsee the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored remains stored until you switch off the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactiva ted if e you engage the parking brake e ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e the transmission is in the P R or N position e you pull the cruise control lever towards you in order to pull away and the front passenger door or one of the rear doors is open e the vehicle is skidding e you activate Active Parking Assist If DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multi function display for approximately five sec onds Driving and parking Tips for driving with DISTRONIC PLUS
33. 3 8 I of DEF 1 gal 3 8 I DEF is equivalent to approximately 2 DEF refill bottles Then have the DEF supply checked at a qualified specialist workshop and completely refilled if necessary gt Release DEF refill bottle When DEF refill bottle is no longer pressed down filling stops DEF refill bottle can be removed when it has been only partially emptied gt Turn DEF refill bottle counter clockwise and remove it gt Install DEF filler cap on the filler neck and turn it clockwise rang his gt Replace DEF cover Q as shown and turn it clockwise as far as it will go gt Fold the trunk floor down gt Close the trunk lid gt Drive faster than 10 mph 16 km h The Check Additive See Operator s Manual message goes out after approx imately one minute If the Check Additive See Opera tor s Manual message continues to be shown in the multifunction display add an additional bottle of DEF For further information on DEF see gt page 341 Parking Important safety notes ZA WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system or exhaust gas flow There is a risk of fire Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate rials come into contact with parts of the vehi cle which are hot Take particular care not to park on dry grassland or harvested grain fields Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition wh
34. BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 Y XL BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 W BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 Y XL BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm All weather tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 0 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 4 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 4 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 5 Estate only 3 Available as MOExtended tires 4 Only for Sedan Wheel and tire combinations Es R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XLM S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S 4 4 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S 4 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S Ay BA 8 5 Jx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S A BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 o Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm ge R18 a Tires Alloy wheels Oo oO BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S 4 BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 i
35. Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 278 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 279 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The vehicle is locked gt Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock Doors 2 vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of Important safety notes A WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could reach of children Ideally place luggage or loads in the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 238 e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users Information in the Digital Operator s e get out and disrupt traffic Manual e operate the vehicle s equipment In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find Additionally children could set the vehicle in information on the following topics motion if for example they e Unlocking and opening doors from the e release the parking brake inside e shifting the automatic transmission out of e Centrally locking and unlocking the vehicle park position P e Start the engine from the inside e Automatic locking feature There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the
36. FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm 7 Observe notes on Large wheels under General notes in Wheel tire combinations 9 Wagon maximum permissible speed 220 km h 8 Only fine link snow chains are permitted 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section Z WARNING The wheel or tire size as well as the tire type of the spare wheel or emergency spare wheel and the wheel to be replaced may differ Mounting an emergency spare wheel may severely impair the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully e never mount more than one spare wheel or emergency spare wheel that differs in size only use a spare wheel or emergency spare wheel of a different size briefly do not switch ESP off e have a spare wheel or emergency spare wheel of a different size replaced at the nearest qualified specialist workshop Observe that the wheel and tire dimensions as well as the tire type must be correct When using an emergency spare wheel or spare wheel of a different size you must not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph
37. If you switch the engine off with the trans mission in position R or D the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically With the SmartKey if you then open the driver s door or the front passenger door or remove the SmartKey from the ignition the automatic transmission shifts to P automati cally With KEYLESS GO if you then open the driv er s or front passenger door the automatic transmission shifts to P If you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral N e g when having the vehicle cleaned in an automatic car wash with a towing system Using the SmartKey gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Using KEYLESS GO gt Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal Automatic transmission ee bn pen a ge c bo 2 m eal Automatic transmission e Driving and parking gt Release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual yo
38. In addition pedestrians in the path of your vehicle can be detected PRE SAFE Brake detects pedestrians using typical characteristics such as the body con tours and posture of a person standing upright Observe the restrictions described in the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 85 PRE SAFE Brake can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle ahead ora pedestrian and reduce the effects of such a collision If PRE SAFE Brake has detected a risk of collision you will be warned visually and acoustically as well as by automatic brak ing Important safety notes Z WARNING PRE SAFE Brake will initially brake your vehi cle by a partial application of the brakes if a danger of collision is detected There may be a collision unless you brake yourself Even after subsequent full application of the brakes a collision cannot always be avoided partic ularly when approaching at too high a speed There is a risk of an accident Always apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action provided it is safe to do so A WARNING PRE SAFE Brake cannot always clearly iden tify objects and complex traffic conditions In these cases PRE SAFE Brake may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and be ready to brake especially if PRE SAFE
39. Opening and closing Trunk cargo compartment Opening and closing l If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 92 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise to position The door is unlocked _ gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 87 If the vehicle can no longer be locked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the trunk lid tailgate gt Press the locking button gt page 95 gt Check whether the locking knobs on the front passenger door and the rear doors are still visible Press down the locking knobs by hand if necessary gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 92 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to posi tion 1 The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Make sure that the doors and the trunk lid tailgate are loc
40. Resetting the NECK PRO head restraints restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints requires a lot of strength If you have diffi on the driver s seat and the front passenger culty resetting the NECK PRO head seat gt page 65 Otherwise the additional restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop NECK PRO luxury head restraints Do not insert your finger between the cushion of the head restraint and the cover Pay par ticular attention while resetting the NECK PRO luxury head restraints gt Remove resetting tool Q from the vehicle document wallet gt Slide resetting tool Q into guide between the NECK PRO luxury head restraint and the rear cover of the head restraint gt Push resetting tool Q downwards until you hear the head restraint deployment mech anism engage gt Pull out resetting tool Q gt With your hand flat firmly push the NECK PRO luxury head restraint cushion back wards in the direction of arrow until it engages gt Repeat this procedure for the second NECK PRO luxury head restraint gt Put resetting tool Q back into the vehicle document wallet If you have difficulty resetting the NECK PRO luxury head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist work shop ka Occupant safety Introduction In certain hazardous situations PRE SAFE takes pre emptive measures to protect the vehicle occupants Important safet
41. Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire ply composition and material used Describes the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Normal occupant weight The number of occupants for which the vehi cle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics The quality grading assessment is made by the manufac turer following specifications from the U S government The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Recommended tire pressures The recommended tire pressure applies to the tires mounted at the factory The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maximum permissible vehicle speed The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load a
42. closing area during the closing process Use one of the following options to stop the closing process e press the 5 e pull or press the remote operating switch on the driver s door button on the SmartKey e press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid tailgate e pull the handle on the trunk lid tailgate Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid tailgate is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid tailgate Never drive with the trunk lid tailgate open H The trunk lid tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the trunk lid tailgate Opening You can open the trunk lid tailgate automat ically with the SmartKey or the handle in the trunk lid tailgate gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the trunk lid tailgate opens or gt If the trunk lid tailgate is unlocked pull the trunk lid tailgate handle and let it go again immediately gt page 97 gt page 97 Trunk cargo compartment a Closing HANDS FREE ACCESS Important safety notes A WARNING The vehicle s exhaust system may be very hot You could burn yourself by touching the m exhaust
43. e the restraint system control unit predicts a high accident severity Driver s knee bag Ea Occupant safety Front air bags Driver s knee bag 1 deploys under the steer ing column The driver s knee bag is triggered together with the front air bag The driver s knee bag offers additional thigh knee and lower leg protection for the occu pant in the driver s seat Side impact air bags Z WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte grated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Example Sedan Front side impact air bags and rear side impact air bags 2 deploy next to the outer bolster of the seat backrest When deployed the side impact air bag offers additional thorax protection However it does not protect the e head e neck e arms In the event of a side impact the side impact air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys under the fol lowing conditions e the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or e the belt tongue is
44. gt To reduce the tire pressure depress pressure release button next to pres sure gauge 10 gt When the tire pressure is correct unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the sealed tire gt Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of the sealed tire gt Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire inflation compressor The filler hose remains attached to the tire sealant bottle gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop and have the tire changed there gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced every four years at a qualified specialist work shop Battery vehicle Special tools and expert knowledge are required when working on the battery e g removal and installation You should there fore have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop E Roadside Assistance E Roadside Assistance Z WARNING Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can lead for example to a short circuit and thus damage the vehicle electronics This can lead to function restrictions applying to safety relevant systems e g the lighting sys tem the ABS anti lock braking system or the ESP Electronic Stability Program The oper ating safety of your vehicle may be restricted You could lose control of the vehicle for example e when braking e in the event of abrupt st
45. ing tone sounds for up to 6 seconds 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 52 The driver s seat belt is not fastened gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 52 The warning tone ceases The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 52 The warning lamp goes out There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 52 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases There are objects on the front passenger seat The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h
46. let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following A WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck gt To open pull cap 1 upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages If the washer fluid level drops below the rec ommended minimum of 1 liter a message appears in the multifunction display prompt ing you to add washer fluid Further information on windshield washer fluid antifreeze gt page 343 Maintenance The Digital Operator s Manual contains more information on the ASSYST PLUS service interval display Care Q Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible man ner H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the w
47. manufacturer s operating instructions Vehicles with COMAND switches on the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions Function Page Rejects or ends a call man Exits the telephone book redial memory Cf Makes or accepts a call Switches to the redial mem Confirms a selection Hides display messages ory Adjusts the volume X Mute 4i gt Selects a menu m A V Selects a submenu or scrolls through lists man OK Sa ez 2s Multifunction steering wheel ese Fantn se see the manufacturer s E Back Operating Instructions 3 Vehicles with COMAND bale a audo a ted switches off the Voice Con F ie 7 E trol System see the sepa COnMOVOIUNEMAVIEaNO rate Operating Instruc tions At a glance c ej g 5 Ss Center console Center console upper section 6 e e Funct Audio A lamps ion system or COMAND 4 Seat heating Seat ventilation Pya PARKTRONIC ECO ECO start stop func tion AMG vehicles Hazard warning 120 Center console Function Re e Indicator lamp 7 head E ATA indicator lamp Retracts the rear seat restraints Wagon Sedan rear window roller sunblind Page 58 87 2z aa At a glance i a Center console
48. move the driver s or front passenger seat forward gt Pull the left hand or right hand release han dle at the rear in cargo compartment Q or at the side beside backrests The corresponding backrest folds for wards gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary E Stowage and features Folding the rear seat backrest back Cargo tie down rings H Make sure that the seat belt does not General notes become trapped when folding the rear seat backrest back Otherwise it could be dam aged Observe the following notes on securing loads e Observe the loading guidelines gt page 238 e Secure the load using the cargo tie down rings e Distribute the load on the cargo tie down rings evenly e Do not use elastic straps or nets to secure a load as these are only intended as an anti slip protection for light loads e Do not route tie downs across sharp edges or corners e Pad sharp edges for protection gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Fold seat backrest back untilitengages Trunk cargo compartment If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and locked this will be shown in the multifunc tion display in the instrument cluster A warning tone also sounds gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 116 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary _ Stowage and features Securing cargo Plastic hooks Se
49. set the opening angle outside Activating You can limit the opening angle of the tail gate This is possible in the top half of its opening range up to approximately 8 in 20 cm before the stop gt To open the tailgate pull the handle on the tailgate gt To stop the opening procedure at the desired position press the closing button gt page 98 in the tailgate or pull the handle on the outside of the tailgate again gt To store the position press and hold the closing button in the tailgate until you hear a short tone The opening angle limiter is activated The tailgate will now stop in the stored position when opening Deactivating gt Press and hold the closing button gt page 98 in the tailgate until you hear two short tones General notes H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate Tailgate opening dimensions gt page 344 Opening Inside of tailgate gt To unlock the tailgate slide locking catch 2 to the right gt To open pull the top of handle Q gt Swing the tailgate upwards gt To lock the tailgate slide locking catch to the left You can lock the trunk separately If you then unlock the vehicle centrally the trunk remains locked and cannot be opened gt Close the trunk lid gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 92
50. style when you have selected the S or M AMG vehicles S S or M driving program gt page 144 Acceleration behind the vehicle in front or to the set speed is then noticeably more dynamic If you have selected the E or E AMG vehicles C driving program the vehi cle accelerates more gently This setting is recommended in stop and start traffic Selecting the drive program DISTRONIC PLUS supports a sporty driving style when you have selected the S or M AMG vehicles S S or M driving program gt page 144 Acceleration behind the vehicle in front or to the set speed is then noticeably more dynamic If you have selected the E or E AMG vehicles C driving program the vehi cle accelerates more gently This setting is recommended in stop and start traffic Changing lanes If you change to the passing lane DISTRONIC PLUS supports you when e you are driving faster than 45 mph 70 km h e DISTRONIC PLUS is maintaining the dis tance to a vehicle in front e you have switched on the corresponding turn signal e DISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a danger of collision If these conditions are fulfilled your vehicle is accelerated Acceleration will be interrupted if changing lanes takes too long or if the dis tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front becomes too small When changing lanes DISTRONIC PLUS monitors the left lane on left hand drive vehicles and the right lane on right hand drive vehicles
51. y Useful information eee 120 Exterior lighting cceceee 120 Interior lighting eee 123 Replacing bulbs cccceeeeee 123 Windshield wipers c00 125 Information Provided by 6 DEALER Lights and windshield wipers E fe Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Exterior lighting For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recom mends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime Therefore your vehicle is equipped with special daytime run ning lamps In some countries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal require ments and self imposed obligations If you wish to drive during the daytime without lights switch off the daytime running lamps function in the on board computer gt page 190 In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Hazard warning lamps e Headlamps fogged up on the inside Setting options
52. 07645 0350 Introduction ra Maintenance The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be done at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Book let with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ser vice advisor will record every service for you in the Service and Warranty Booklet Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program offers technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure USA or the Roadside Assis tance section in the Service and Warranty booklet Canada You will find both in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or change of own ership In the event of a change of address please send us the Notification of Address Change in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim ply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Center Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in con tacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave the entire literature in the vehicle so that it is avai
53. 156 DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot 163 ESP Electronic Stability Pro QIAN csc ncvseventensecechevecevsvectcave caseonseens 80 GeMerAal MOLES vac ss csescgeeecsseseecsiesbesee 155 Lane Keeping Assist 0 0 0 teers 179 PARKTRONIG reiese iesieta 168 PRE SAFE anticipatory occu pant protection ssisiiriieisetsso 66 PRE SAFE Brake c csessessseseseseseees 84 PRE SAFE PLUS anticipatory occupant protection PLUS 67 Rear view camera seee 171 Traffic Sign ASSISt sseiseresssisssrtiss 176 Message memory on board com PUTET cess ccsietscst he atesseeseescdiaeeeeshsceie 191 Messages see Display messages Mirrors see Exterior mirrors see Rear view mirror see Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mobile phone AUEMOTIZING s sssceedsesocsevoxtceneerteeseaexs 229 Connecting Bluetooth inter PACE E T 227 Connecting another mobile PM OMG EEEE 231 De authorizing 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeenneeees 231 Enabling for Internet access 233 FREQUENCIES 2 c secsteeciesceeveccees 334 STAM AMON eseist 334 Menu on board computer Transmission output maximum 334 Modifying the programming SmartKey cs5ccccieenliecns 92 MOExtended tires c eeeeees 272 Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle c0 313 Mounting a new wheel 06 313 Preparing the vehicle 006 309 Raising the vehicle eeeeeeee
54. 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 18 51xX 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm E Wheels and tires Wheels and tires R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S Winter tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S A 3 BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S 4 3 R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S A E 300 4MATIC Summer tires R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL All weather tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 8 3 Available as MOExtended tires Ee Wheel and tire combinations Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Tires BA 245 745 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S Winter tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 HXLM S amp 3 BA 245 45 R17 99 HXLM S 4 3 R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S 4 E 350 Summer tires R18 Tires FA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL RA 265 35 R18 97 Y XL 3 Available as MOExtended tires Wheel and tire combinations pa Alloy wheels BA 8 5 Jx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA
55. 360 camera is not a substitute for attentive driving You are always responsible for safe maneu vering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering You are always responsible for safety and must always pay attention to your surround ings when parking and maneuvering This applies to the areas behind in front of and beside the vehicle You could otherwise endanger yourself and others The 360 camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the doors are open e if the exterior mirrors are folded in __ Driving and parking e if the trunk lid tailgate is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the cameras are exposed to very bright light e if the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LED lighting the display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage in winter e if the camera lenses are dirty or covered e if the vehicle components in which the cameras are installed are damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop Do not use the 360 camera in this case You can otherwise injure others or cause damage to objects or the vehicle Guide lines are always shown at road level On vehicles with height adjustable chassis depending on technical conditions leav
56. 44 feet approximately 14 m per second This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for uncontrolled equipment and meets the FCC radio fre quency RF Exposure Guidelines in Supple ment C to OET65 This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that is deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation MPE But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated with at least 8 inches 20 cm _and more between the radiator and a Function restrictions Ea person s body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and legs Function restrictions For safety reasons some functions are restricted or unavailable while the vehicle is in motion You will notice this for example because either you will not be able to select certain menu items or a message will appear to this effect Q Z lt oO O Ss oS N 2 me m lt x ea Audio 20 COMAND operating system Audio 20 COMAND operating system Overview Components aA Z lt 2 O O N N 2 me lt Display for Audio 20 COMAND Audio 20 COMAND control panel Controller and buttons Audio 20 COMAND consists of e the display e the control panel with a single drive or DVD changer e the controller and buttons e a slot for an SD card e two connection options for USB or Media Interface in the center console An iPod is connected via USB cable Functions Interface e g iPod SD
57. 80 km h Snow chains must not be mounted on emer gency spare wheels You should regularly check the pressure of the emergency spare wheel particularly prior to long trips and correct the pressure as nec essary gt page 29 1 The value on the wheel is valid In addition the emergency spare wheel tire pressure can be found under Technical data gt page 332 An emergency spare wheel may also be mounted against the direction of rotation Observe the time restriction on use as well as the speed limitation specified on the emer gency spare wheel Replace the tires after six years at the latest regardless of wear This also applies to the emergency spare wheel When you are driving with the emergency spare wheel mounted the tire pressure monitor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure monitor when the defective wheel has been replaced with a new wheel If an emergency spare wheel is mounted the system may continue to show the tire pressure of the wheel that has been removed for a few minutes The value dis played for the mounted emergency spare wheel is not the same as the current tire pressure of the emergency spare wheel Opening the stowage well Sedan the emergency spare wheel can be found in the stowage well under the trunk floor gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 248 Wagon the emergency spare wheel is loca ted in the stowage well under the cargo com partment floo
58. Activating deactivating on board computer except AMG vehicles AMG menu on board computer Characteristics Deactivating activating button in AMG vehicles Deactivating activating except AMG vehicles Display message ETS 4ETS Function notes General notes Important safety information Trailer stabilization Warning lamp ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction Sys tem Exhaust check Exhaust tail pipe cleaning instruc tions Exterior lighting Setting options see Lights Exterior mirrors Adjusting Dipping automatic Folding in when locking on board computer Folding in out automatically Folding in out electrically Setting Storing settings memory func tion Storing the parking position Eyeglasses compartment Favorites Adding Deleting Displaying and calling up Moving Overview Renaming Filler cap see Fuel filler flap Flat tire MOExtended tires Preparing the vehicle TIREFIT kit see Emergency spare wheel Floormats Frequencies Mobile phone Two way radio Front fog lamps Display message Fuel Additives Consumption statistics Displaying the current consump tion Displaying the range Driving tips Flexible fuel vehicles Fuel gauge Grade gasoline Important safety notes Premium grade unleaded gaso line Problem malfunction Quality diesel Refueling Tank content reserve fuel Fuel filler flap Emergency release Opening Fuel level Calling up the range on board computer Fuel tank Capacity
59. Active Driving Assistance pack NA EEE TE 180 Active Lane Keeping Assist 183 Active Parking Assist eee 170 AIRMATIG siccssstescescecstacsansncsansencecesee 166 AMG adaptive sport suspension SY SECU seeiis iie 167 ATTENTION ASSIST ee eeeeeeeeeeteees 175 Blind Spot Assist eee eeeeeseeeeee 178 Cruise COMO isseire 155 Display message n c 191 DISTRONIG PLUS sc sccecsdeescosecssess 156 DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot 163 HOLD FUNCOM ci cccsdcisscsccstscesesceecss 165 Lane Keeping Assist 00 cesses 179 Lane Tracking package eee 177 PARKTIRONIG oriire 168 RACE START AMG vehicles 166 Rear view camera oe eeeeeseeereeeeees 171 Traffic Sign Assist oo eee eeeeeeeee 176 Driving tips AMG ceramic brakes sesse 154 Automatic transmission ss 144 Brak Ss vssccscsseveieasescesscancescievens 154 Breakin Period s cssscesssesteteeasess 136 Downhill gradient seese 154 Drinking and driving eeeeeeeseeeee 153 Driving in winter esses 155 Driving on flooded roads 155 Driving on wet roads s es 155 Exhaust CHECK orere niei 154 pueh a 153 Gre fc Berenereer eer e see errr ere eee 153 Hydro planing acesssstecensesesotaseseseres 155 Icy road surfaces eseeeeeeeeeees 155 Limited braking efficiency on sal ted TOadS ws cess secnenieae 154 SHOW CHAINS siis2sccssesesecsecesesesepssediss 291 Wet road surface
60. BE bbb b amp amp HE Function Clear button e Deletes characters e Deletes an entry Selects the next station from the station list Skips forwards to a track Fast forward Number pad e Saves a station e Mobile phone authoriza tion e Telephone number entry e Searches for a contact e Character entry Display of the current track being played if track information is supported for the data carrier Selects stations by entering the frequency manually Selects a track Audio 20 COMAND operating system Ea COMAND control panel na Q a lt x oO O So N 2 gej gt lt x Page 22 N BREE we REE is be ad Audio 20 COMAND operating system m Audio 20 COMAND Function Switches Audio 20 COMAND on off Adjusts the volume Inserts removes an SD memory card Accepts a call Makes a call Redial Accepts a new call when a call is being made call wait ing Rejects a call Ends an active call Page 190 232 232 232 Function Switches the sound on or off Switches navigation announcements off COMAND Switches to navigation mode Calls up the navigation sys tem menu Calls up the telephone menu Calls up vehicle settings Page i ez a 22 oa WD i B WD X Function Switches to radio mode Calls up the Radio menu Switches to the last selec ted media mode Calls u
61. Car WaSW sieves sescecnidecenevsenvienss 267 CANPOtSisscsiscsascisscdadsesdstscecsdenstscseb s 268 Display stcc sccssescecssececnevanepsseternccces 268 Exterior lights svcisccssccsesezerstsciveeeeses 268 Gear or selector lever 08 268 Interior canini hannah 268 Matte finis Missit 268 NOLES erisera dexteereeeetis 266 Paint oe exeeseraecs 268 Plastic tiin eerasoina 268 Power WaSNED ccccccessesseeceeeeeeeees 268 Rear view camera seseeeeeteeeeees 268 Roof MAS csasfcccesscassesteesd te bceecseses 268 Seat belt sssscntisnccnsinieeinns 268 SCAU COVED ani erene esas 268 SONSOMS serseri eeaeee 268 Nall PIPES irei 268 TIM Pi COS 3 s cestsesscesecssspescesoneses 268 Washing by hand osser 268 WEES sinn Ae S 268 WINRKOWS sescesescaciessetesseadeseczezsesaenscse 268 Wiper blades s cssccsseieotees ecteevszents 268 Wooden trim 20 0 eeeceeeeecesreeeeeeeeeees 268 Cargo compartment Opening closing from outside HANDS FREE ACCESS ceee 99 Cargo compartment cover Important safety notes 0 0 243 Cargo compartment enlargement 241 Cargo compartment floor 248 Cargo net Attaching ocenenie 245 Important safety information 244 Cargo tie down rings eee 242 cD see also Digital Operator s Man valee A 214 CD player on board computer 190 Center console Lower SECTION sisciiecicsiuciaieisii 42 Lower section AMG vehicles 43 UpperSecti
62. Exterior lighting can be set using e the light switch e the combination switch gt page 121 e the on board computer gt page 190 Light switch Operation 1 P Left hand standing lamps 2 Pe Right hand standing lamps 3 5002 Parking lamps license plate and instrument cluster lighting 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode control led by the light sensor 5 Low beam high beam headlamps L Rear fog lamp If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the light switch to The exterior lighting except the parking standing lamps switches off automatically if you AUTO e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in position 0 Exterior lighting fea Information in the Digital Operator s Cornering light function Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Automatic headlamp mode e Daytime running lamps e Low beam headlamps e Rear fog lamp e Parking lamps e Standing lamps The cornering light function improves the illu Combination switch mination of the road over a wide angle in the direction you are turning enabling better vis ibility in tight bends for example It can only be activated when the low beam headlamps are switched on Active e if you are driving
63. FUNGLION NOLES e255 ccessesesescseeseaeeys 165 Home address see also Digital Operator s Man All E A E A 214 Hood COSINE 4 sce seasseresesscateeeerratan 263 Display message 0 0 eeeeeeseeseeeeees 201 Important safety notes ss 262 OPENING cscs ccriceecsnctaieeeseees 262 Hydroplaning 0 0 ceeeeeeeeeeneeeees 155 Ignition lock see Key positions Immobilizer si iecilecennann ease 87 Indicator and warning lamps COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Ved WU S E rete eer re eer eer eee 210 Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Indicators see Turn signals Insect protection on the radiator 263 Instrument cluster OVENWIEW cenni ERR 37 SEMINE S e e e eE EE 190 Warning and indicator lamps 38 Instrument cluster lighting 190 Interior lighting Automatic control ceeeeeeeseeeeees 123 Delayed switch off on board COMPULEL weccscssessscececeeeceetopstopeeecest 190 Emergency lighting eee 123 Manual Control c ceeeseeeeseeeeeees 123 OVENWIEW cece tiscs cee dancin 123 Reading IAM s s scesssecesonsseaseestesacess 123 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting on board com PUTER coeccecseceesc r E 190 Setting the brightness of the dis play switch on board computer 190 Setting the color of the ambient lighting on board computer 190 Internet Selecting setting access data 232 Setting up an Internet connection 232 iPod
64. Gracenote Inc e ZAGATSurvey and related brands are reg istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey LLC In this Operator s Manual you will find the fol lowing symbols ZA WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life or to the health and life of others Q Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with infor mation on environmentally aware actions or disposal H Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle Practical tips or further information that could be helpful to you Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Daimler AG not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Daimler AG Vehicle manufacturer Daimler AG MercedesstraBe 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany As at 27 06 2014 Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz We urge you to read this Operator s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and a longer vehicle life follow the instruc tions and warning notices in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to fo
65. H Never open the hood tailgate if a wiper arm has been folded away from the wind shield rear window Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back onto the windshield rear window Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield rear window the windshield rear window may be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop Replacing the wiper blades Removing the wiper blades gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or turn it to position O KEYLESS GO gt Fold the wiper arm away from the wind shield gt Firmly press release knob Q and pull wiper blade 2 upwards from the wiper arm in the direction of the arrow Installing the wiper blades gt Position new wiper blade Q in the retainer on the wiper arm and slide it into place in the direction of the arrow The wiper blade audibly engages gt Make sure that the wiper blade is seated correctly gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind shield Replacing the rear window wiper blade Removing a wiper blade gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Fold wiper arm Q away from the rear win dow gt Position wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm Q gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper blade in the direction
66. On board computer and displays cal Display messages On board computer and displays Tires Display messages Check Tires Warning Tire Malfunction Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display A warning tone also sounds A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 271 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 294 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The wheel position is shown in the multifunction display A WARNING If you drive with a flat tire there is a risk of the following hazards e a flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle e you could lose control of the vehicle e continued dr
67. Q under the bumper e pull the handle on the outside of the tailgate e press the closing or locking button on the tailgate or e press the 5 button on the SmartKey If the tailgate closing procedure has been stopped e move your foot under the bumper again and the tailgate will open If the tailgate opening procedure has been stopped e kick with your foot under the bumper again and the tailgate will close Opening closing automatically from inside Important safety notes A WARNING Parts of the body could become trapped dur ing automatic closing of the trunk lid tailgate Moreover people e g children may be standing in the closing area or may enter the closing area during the closing process There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the closing area during the closing process Use one of the following options to stop the closing process e press the 5 button on the SmartKey e pull or press the remote operating switch on the driver s door e press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid tailgate e pull the handle on the trunk lid tailgate Z WARNING The trunk lid tailgate can be automatically opened or closed even if the SmartKey is not in the vehicle If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could activate the func tions There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and
68. Sets climate control to automatic Defrosts the windshield Switches the ZONE function on off Display Switches air recirculation mode on off Switches the residual heat on or off Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off Switches the rear window defroster on off Activates deactivates the air conditioning Sets the temperature right Adjusts the climate mode settings Sets the airflow Sets the air distribution Sets the temperature left Operating the climate control systems ee Rear control panel Increases the temperature Display Increases the airflow Reduces the airflow Reduces the temperature Operating the climate control sys tems In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Switching climate control on off e Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification e Setting climate control to automatic e Adjusting the climate mode settings e Setting the temperature e Setting the air distribution e Setting the airflow e Switching the ZONE function on off e Defrosting the windshield e MAX COOL maximum cooling e Defrosting the windows e Switching the rear window defroster on off e Activating deactivating air recirculation mode e Activating deactivating the residual heat function e Setting the air vents c e oO oO oO dex Infomation Provide 6 DEALER y Useful information
69. The cargo compartment cover will otherwise be raised again Extending retracting the cargo com partment cover gt To extend pull cargo compartment cover 1 back by grab handle 2 and clip it into the retainers on the left and right gt To retract unhook cargo compartment cover 1 from the retainers on the left and right and guide it forwards by grab han dle 2 until it is fully retracted Installing removing the combined cargo cover and net 4 Stowage and features Pa Stowage areas E Stowage and features You can reach the combined cargo cover and net to install and remove it from the cargo compartment and with the seat backrest fol ded forwards from the left hand rear door gt Make sure that the cargo net and the cargo compartment cover are rolled up gt To remove press button 2 gt Fold the combined cargo cover and net for wards on the left hand side with the seat backrest folded forwards and fold it back wards with the seat backrest folded up gt First detach the combined cargo cover and net from left hand catch Q and then remove it from right hand fixture gt To install push the combined cargo cover and net up to the stop into right hand fix ture gt Place the combined cargo cover and net into the left hand fixture and push it into catch until the combined cargo cover and net engages audibly gt Make sure that red lock status indicator 4 is no lon
70. Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Rim diameter gt page 307 Load bearing index Department of Transportation Tire Iden Speed rating o tification Number gt page 306 General depending on the manufacturer s Maximum load rating gt page 305 standards the size imprinted in the tire wall 5 Maximum tire pressures gt page 294 may not contain any letters or may contain Manufacturer one letter that precedes the size description Tire material gt page 306 If there is no letter preceding the size descrip Tire size designation load bearing capa tion as shown above these are passenger city and speed rating gt page 303 vehicle tires according to European manufac Load index gt page 305 turing standards Tire name If P precedes the size description these are B passenger vehicle tires according to U S The markings described above are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designa tion and the manufacturer s name manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description these are light truck tires according to U S manu Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi facturing standards ate from the data in the example If T precedes the size description compact emergency wheels with high tire pressure Tire size designation load bearing that are only designed for temporary use inan capacity and speed rating emergency Z WARNING Tire width tire width s
71. Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approximately 30 ft 10 m gt Pump up the tire again After a maximum of five minutes the tire pressure must be at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after the specified time the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop Tire pressure reached A WARNING A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealant impairs the driving characteristics and is not suitable for higher speeds There is a risk of accident You should therefore adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully Do not exceed the specified maximum speed with a tire that has been repaired using tire sealant The maximum speed for a tire sealed with tire sealant is 50 mph 80 km h The upper part of the TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the instrument cluster in the driver s field of vision H Residue from the tire sealant may come out of the filler hose after use This could cause stains Therefore place the filler hose in the plastic bag which contained the TIREFIT kit Q Environmental note Have the used tire sealant bottle di
72. XL M S BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm FA 245 40 R18 97 V XLM S FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 RA 265 40 R18 97 V XLM S Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes inthe Snow chains section 3 Available as MOExtended tires Winter tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 HXLM S 4 3 BA 245 45 R17 99 HXLM S amp 3 R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S E 250 BlueTEC 4MATIC Summer tires R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL All weather tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S8 BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S8 3 Available as MOExtended tires Wheel and tire combinations Alloy wheels BA 8 0 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x
73. an emergency call This can occur for example if the relevant mobile phone network is not available The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes con tinuously The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display and must be confirmed In this case summon assistance by other means Making an emergency call gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover 1 briefly to open gt Press SOS button briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is conclu ded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter gt After the emergency call close cover Q If the mobile phone network is unavailable mbrace will not be able to make the emer gency call If you leave the vehicle immedi ately after pressing the SOS button you will not know whether mbrace placed the emer gency call In this case always summon assis tance by other means Roadside Assistance button gt To call Roadside Assistance press Road side Assistance button Q This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button flashes while the call is active The Connecting Cal message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are
74. and press the controller A prompt appears asking whether you really wish to de authorize this device gt To select Yes turn and press the controller The mobile phone is de authorized Before re authorizing the mobile phone you should also delete the device name MB Bluetooth from your mobile phone s Blue tooth list Accepting a call gt To select Accept press the controller or gt Press wheel The call is accepted Vain on the multifunction steering Further information on the functions you can use during a call can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual 7 Audio 20 COMAND Audio 20 COMAND operating system Audio 20 COMAND You can also accept the call by voice com mand using the Voice Control System see the separate operating instructions If the phone number of the caller is trans ferred it appears in the display If the phone number is saved in the phone book the contact s name is also displayed If the phone number is not transferred Unknownis shown in the display Rejecting a call gt To select Reject turn the controller and press to confirm or gt Press wheel AQ on the multifunction steering Ending an active call gt To select in the telephone menu turn and press the controller or gt Press wheel The active call is ended AQ on the multifunction steering Making a call
75. and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resist ance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again during closing and then reopens slightly gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resist ance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed without the anti entrapment fea ture Opening and closing dex Infomation Provide 6 DEALER y Useful information eeeeee 114 Correct driver s seat position 114 Seats ons 115 Steering wheel ccscceeceeteee 117 Mirrors soc eee cee 117 Memory function c cceccee 117 Seats steering wheel and mirrors Py Information Provided by Nee Ea Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors L_ Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems
76. and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified spe cialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Pay attention to the important safety notes gt page 284 gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Switch off the engine gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed The driver s door can be closed again All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Fuse box in the engine compartment on the left hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e Fuse box in the trunk cargo compartment on the right hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel The fuse allocation chart is located in the vehicle tool kit in the stowage compartment under the trunk cargo compartment floor gt page 270 Fuse box in the engine compartment Pay attention to the important safety notes gt page 284 Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers
77. and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in aa i Changing a wheel gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com pletely gt Screw alignment bolt Q into the thread instead of the wheel bolt gt Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully gt Remove the wheel Mounting a new wheel Z WARNING Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damaged wheel bolts hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose As a result you could lose a wheel while driving There is a risk of accident Never oil or grease wheel bolts In the event of damage to the threads contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced renewed Do not continue driving A WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised the jack could tip over There is a risk of injury Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel sec tion gt page 309 Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle For safety rea sons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use wheel bolts which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and the respective wheel HB AMG vehicles during removal and repo sitioning of the wheel the wheel rim can strike the ceramic brake disc and damage it Therefore you should pr
78. at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h and switch on the turn signal or turn the steering wheel e if you are driving at speeds between 25 mph 40 km h and 45 mph 70 km h and turn the steering wheel The cornering lamp may remain lit for a short time but is automatically switched off after no more than three minutes High beam headlamps Turn signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left Lights and windshield wipers 4 In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Turn signal e High beam headlamps e High beam flasher es Exterior lighting Adaptive Highbeam Assist WH Important safety notes General notes A WARNING Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize road users e who have no lights e g pedestrians e who have poor lighting e g cyclists e whose lighting is blocked e g by a barrier In very rare cases Adaptive Highbeam Assist may fail to recognize other road users that have lights or may recognize them too late In this or similar situations the automatic high beam headlamps will not be deactivated or activated regardless There is a risk of an acci dent Always carefully observe the traffic conditions and switch off the high beam headlamps in good time Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into account road weather or traffic conditions You can use this function to set the head Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid You lamps to chan
79. available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The COMAND Audio 20 display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button in COMAND Audio 20 for example Voice output is not available in this case A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants From the remote malfunction diagnosis the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center can ascertain the nature of the problem In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on remote malfunction diagno sis The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or makes arrangements for your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing You can find more information in the separate mbrace manual The system has not been able to initiate a Roadside Assistance call if e the indicator lamp for Roadside Assistance call button A is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was estab lished This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display
80. cap Q engages physically and audibly gt Make sure that hub cap Q is installed securely jan Wheels and tires gt Using lug wrench loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn Do not unscrew the bolts com pletely Wheels and tires Jacking points example Sedan The jacking points are located just behind the front wheel housings and just in front of the rear wheel housings arrows AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipment to protect the vehicle body the vehicle has covers next to the jacking points on the outer sills Cover front example vehicles with AMG Sports package gt AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipment fold cover 3 upwards gt Position jack at jacking point Changing a wheel Pij de PDS gt Make sure the foot of the jack is directly beneath the jacking point gt Turn crank clockwise until jack sits completely on jacking point The base of the jack must lie evenly on the ground gt Turn crank until the tire is raised a max imum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Removing a wheel AMG vehicles during removal and repo sitioning of the wheel the wheel rim can strike the ceramic brake disc and damage it Therefore you should proceed carefully and get a second person assist to you Alternatively you can use a second align ment bolt H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a dirty surface The bolt
81. correct z Pa Engine compartment Checking the oil level using the oil dip Adding engine oil A WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following A WARNING If engine oil comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next to the filler neck Let the engine cool down and thoroughly clean the engine oil off the com ponents before starting the engine Q Environmental note When adding oil take care not to spill any If oil enters the soil or waterways it is harmful to the environment H Only use engine oils and oil filters that have been approved for vehicles with a ser vice system You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products at any Mercedes Benz Service center Damage to the engine or exhaust system is caused by the following e using engine oils and oil filters that have not been specifically approved for the service system e replacing engine oil and oil filters after the interval for replacement specified by the service system has been exce
82. depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary gt Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP In rare cases gt page 81 it may be best to deactivate ESP Observe the important safety notes on ESP gt page 81 T ESP is deactivated warning lamp is lit while the engine is running If ESP is switched off ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Further driving systems or driving safety systems are thus restric ted e g Active Blind Spot Assist The system does not perform braking actions There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Reactivate ESP In rare cases gt page 81 it may be best to deactivate ESP Observe the important safety notes on ESP gt page 81 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Drive on carefully ry On board computer and displays gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop SPORT SPORT handling mode is activated AMG vehicles only A WARNING The yellow SPORT han w dling mode warning When SPORT handling mode is switched on ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle lamp is lit while the engine is running There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Only switch to SPORT handling mode in accordance with the con
83. described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin Deactivating activating ESP You can deactivate or activate ESP via the on board computer gt page 190 ESP deactivated The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up ESP activated The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes In such situa tions ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e ESP still provides support when you brake Deactivating activating ESP AMG vehicles Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 You can select between the following states of ESP ESP is activated e SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP is deactivated A WARNING When SPORT handling mode is activated there is a greater risk of skidding and acci dents Only a
84. do The trunk lid tailgate closes this make a kicking movement under the Ifall the doors are closed the vehicle locks bumper with your foot Observe the following points If KEYLESS GO detects a SmartKey in the trunk cargo compartment the trunk lid e Carry your KEYLESS GO key about your tailgate opens again after it is closed person The KEYLESS GO key must be in If KEYLESS GO detects a second SmartKey theirear defection nee oranie vehicle outside the vehicle the trunk lid tailgate e When making the kicking movement make remains closed sure that you are standing firmly on the ground and that there is sufficient clear ance to the rear of the vehicle You could otherwise lose your balance e g on ice fal Trunk cargo compartment Opening and closing b PMG 1 7 7FS 04 Example Sedan e Always ensure that you only make the kick ing movement within the detection range of sensors Q e Stand at least 12 in 30 cm away from the rear area while doing so e Do not come into contact with the bumper while making the kicking movement Oth erwise the sensors may not function cor rectly e HANDS FREE ACCESS does not function when the engine is started e If a KEYLESS GO key is within the rear detection range of KEYLESS GO HAND FREE ACCESS could be triggered For this reason the trunk lid tailgate could open or close unintentionally e g if you sit down on the edge of the trunk edge of the cargo compartment
85. does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder Z WARNING Persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height cannot fasten the seat belt correctly without an addi tional suitable restraint system If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it cannot protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fas tened seat belt can cause additional injury for example in an accident during braking or an abrupt change of direction This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury For this reason always secure persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable restraint systems If a child younger than twelve years old and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for this Mercedes Benz vehicle The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Children in the vehicle sec tion of this Ope
86. eled gt Switch off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed The driver s door can be closed again gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow Q The fuel filler flap opens slightly gt Open the fuel filler flap fully gt Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise and remove it gt Sedan insert the fuel filler cap into the bracket on the inside of fuel filler flap or gt Wagon insert the fuel filler cap into the recesses in the fuel filler flap hinge arm horizontally from above gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank hook in place and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops filling for the first time Otherwise fuel may leak out Vehicles with a diesel engine the filler neck is designed for refueling at diesel filling pumps Closing the fuel filler flap gt Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise until it engages audibly gt Press the fuel filler flap closed until it engages audibly Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle Otherwise the locking pin of the cen Refueling tral locking prevents the fuel filler flap from closing If you are driving with th
87. fog up To prevent the windows from fogging up e switch off climate control only briefly e switch on air recirculation mode only briefly e switch on the cooling with air dehumidifi cation function e switch on the defrost windshield function briefly if required Climate control regulates the temperature and the humidity in the vehicle interior and filters undesirable substances out of the air Climate control can only be operated when the engine is running Optimum operation is only achieved with the side windows and roof closed The residual heat function can only be acti vated or deactivated if the ignition is switched off see the Digital Operator s Manual key word Residual heat Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the con venience opening feature see the Digital Operator s Manual keyword Convenience opening This will speed up the cooling process and the desired interior tempera ture will be reached more quickly The integrated filter filters out most par ticles of dust and soot and completely fil ters out pollen It also reduces gaseous pol lutants and odors A clogged filter reduces the amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Maintenance Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be short
88. forces during the colli sion e the collision angle e the deformation characteristics of the vehi cle e the characteristics of the object with which the vehicle has collided Factors which can only be seen and measured after a collision has occurred do not play a decisive role in the deployment of an air bag Nor do they provide an indication of air bag deployment The vehicle can be deformed considerably without an air bag being deployed This is the case if only parts which are relatively easily deformed are affected and the rate of decel eration is not high Conversely air bags may be deployed even though the vehicle suffers only minor deformation This is the case if for example very rigid vehicle parts such as lon gitudinal body members are hit and sufficient deceleration occurs as a result If the restraint system control unit detects a side impact or if the vehicle rolls over the applicable components of the restraint sys tem are activated independently of each other depending on the apparent type of acci dent e Side impact air bags and pelvis air bag on the side of impact independently of the Emergency Tensioning Device and the use of the seat belt on the driver s seat and outer seats in the second row the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat e Window curtain air bag on the side of impact independe
89. guidance navigation 190 lees Safety Children in the vehicle cee 68 Safety system see Driving safety systems SD memory card see also Digital Operator s Man Wal aeS E EE 214 Search amp Send see also Digital Operator s Man Wall E 214 Seat belts Adjusting the driver s and front passenger seat belt eee eeeeeeeee 53 Adjusting the height seses 52 center rear compartment seat 53 Cleaning svevstes cea cveacassecseevsetensecncies 268 COrmeCt USASe sav sccsscscsceesseseresesssdacis 51 Fastenihg wivs ccscceccissessesecteverenstevaees 52 Important safety guidelines 50 INtrOdUCTION siessen 50 REICASING 5 ccesssceisstcsssssecctscesssssdstsdeess 53 Switching belt adjustment on off on board computer nsss 190 Warning lamp s c cecscecteseseconesvavcnexcts 202 Warning lamp function s es 54 Seats Active multicontour seat 116 Adjusting electrically 0 0 116 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup DODE csccescccensssestccacteaacvwevivieaevteertees 116 Adjusting the head restraint 116 Cleaning the Cover ccsccceseeees 268 Correct driver s seat position 114 Folding the backrest rear com partment forwards back 241 Important safety notes 0 0 115 Seat heating problem nsss 117 Storing settings memory func LOI a scien cedvecdabevapeesbcesvcverevesevesevuivess 117 Switching seat h
90. having been removed gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop EMBO dei cul Important notes on use To function properly BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment must be operated with the reducing agent DEF Adding DEF is one of the tasks performed during maintenance Under normal operating conditions a tank of DEF lasts until the next service due date When the supply of DEF is almost used up the Check Additive See Operator s Manual message is shown in the multifunction dis play When the DEF supply drops to a minimum the Remaining Starts 16 message is shown in the multifunction display If the Remaining Starts 16 message appears in the multifunction display you can start the engine another 16 times If DEF is not refilled you will subsequently be unable to start the engine gt Add at least 1 gal 3 8 I of DEF gt Switch on the ignition for at least 60 sec onds gt Start the engine Have the DEF tank refilled at a qualified specialist workshop Use the special DEF refill bottle when adding DEF between maintenance intervals Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center with any questions or if necessary contact Road side Assistance gt page 29 If the outside temperature is below 12 F 11 C it may be difficult to top up If DEF is frozen and there is an active warning indica tor it may not be possible to add DEF Park the vehicle
91. ignition off gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to the weight The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the fol lowing Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS Occupant Clas sification System has disabled the front passenger front air bag gt page 58 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display Display messages ce Display messages Engine Display messages PA Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSE
92. immediately refastened There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Stop the vehicle immediately paying atten tion to road and traffic conditions Reactivate the special seat belt retractor and secure the child restraint system properly All seat belts except the driver s seat belt and the folding bench seat belts in the cargo com partment are equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the special seat belt retractor ensures that the seat belt will not slacken once the child restraint sys tem has been secured Installing a child restraint system gt Always comply with the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the belt outlet gt Engage the seat belt tongue in the belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is activated gt Push the child seat restraint system down so that the seat belt is tight and does not loosen Children in the vehicle Ee Removing a child restraint system and deac tivating the special seat belt retractor gt Always comply with the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Press the release button of the belt buckle hold the belt tongue firmly and guide it back tow
93. in a warmer place e g in a garage until DEF has become fluid again It will then be possible to add DEF again Alternatively have the DEF tank refilled at a qualified spe cialist workshop Further information about BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment and DEF is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center T Driving and parking Driving and parking Important notes on topping up DEF is a water soluble fluid for the exhaust gas aftertreatment of diesel engines It is e not poisonous e colorless and odorless e not flammable When you open the DEF container small amounts of ammonia vapor may be released Ammonia vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating to the skin to mucous membranes and to the eyes You may expe rience a burning sensation in your eyes nose and throat Coughing and watering of the eyes are possible Do not inhale ammonia vapors Fill the DEF tank only in well ventilated areas DEF must not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and must not be swal lowed Keep DEF away from children If you or other persons come into contact with DEF observe the following e Rinse DEF from your skin immediately with soap and water e If DEF comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If DEF has been swallowed rinse your mouth out immediately Drink plenty of water Seek medical assistan
94. in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle ea Driving safety systems Safety a Recognition by the camera system is also impaired in the event of e dirt on the camera or if the camera is cov ered e there is glare on the camera system e g from the sun being low in the sky e darkness e if pedestrians move quickly e g into the path of the vehicle the camera system no longer recognizes a pedestrian as a person due to special clothing or other objects a pedestrian is concealed by other objects the typical outline of a person is not dis tinguishable from the background Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Following damage to the windshield have the configuration and operation of the camera system checked at a qualified specialist work shop Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate PRE SAFE Brake in the on board computer gt page 190 If the PRE SAFE Brake is not activated the 3 5 symbol appears in the multifunction display Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h this function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning tone
95. in its lane Z WARNING Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot always clearly detect lane markings In such cases Active Lane Keeping Assist can e give an unnecessary warning and then make acourse correcting brake application to the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and keep within the lane especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist alerts you Ter minate the intervention in a non critical driv ing situation The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e the radar sensors in the front or rear bump ers or the radiator trim are dirty e g obscured by snow e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast
96. in the vehicle H Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of snow and ice Otherwise malfunctions may occur Do not allow anything to protrude from the sliding sunroof Otherwise the seals could be damaged H The weather can change abruptly It could start to rain or snow Make sure that the sliding sunroof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle inte rior Resonance noises can occur in addition to the usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is open They are caused by minor pressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior Change the position of the sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly to reduce or eliminate these noises Sliding sunroof reversing feature Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sun roof The sliding sunroof is equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the sliding sunroof during the closing process the sliding sunroof opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing the sliding sunroof Z WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the l
97. injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front passenger air bag is deactivated during the journey even though e an adult or e a person of the corresponding stature is on the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat the system may inter pret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is Z WARNING The front passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Switch the ignition off gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the fol lowing Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS has disabled the front passenger front air bag gt page 58 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual orFront Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be s
98. interrupted e g if you reconnect the battery you will have to e set the clock Information on setting the clock can be found in the Digital Opera tor s Manual On vehicles with COMAND and a naviga tion system the clock is set automati cally e reset the function for folding the exterior mirrors in out automatically by folding the mirrors out once gt page 117 Charging the battery Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batter ies Wash away battery acid immediately with plenty of clean water and seek medical atten tion Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at tempera tures below freezing point When jump start ing the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Only use battery chargers with a maxi mum charging voltage of 14 8 V Hl Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point The jump starting co
99. is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid tailgate Never drive with the trunk lid tailgate open Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury 69 gt Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them The handling characteristics of a laden vehi cle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle For this reason you should observe the following notes when transporting a load e Never exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle mass or the gross axle weight rating for the vehicle including occupants The values are specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar of the driver s door e The trunk cargo compartment is the pre ferred place to store objects e Position heavy loads as far forwards as pos sible and as low down in the trunk cargo compartment as possible e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e Always place the load against the rear or front seat backrests Make sure that the seat backrests are securely locked into place e Always place the load behind unoccupied seats if possible e Use the cargo tie down rings and the parcel nets to transport loads and luggage e U
100. km h adaptive Brake Assist is capable of reacting to moving objects that have already been detected as such at least once over the period of observation Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph 70 km h adaptive Brake Assist reacts to stationary obstacles ESP Electronic Stability Program General notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 ESP monitors driving stability and traction i e power transmission between the tires and the road surface If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle The engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 ETS traction control is part of ESP On vehi cles with 4MATIC 4ETS is part of ESP Traction control brakes the drive wheels indi vidually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is trans ferred to the wheel or wheels with traction Traction control remains active even if you deactivate ESP Important safety notes Observe the Important
101. less than Ye in 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter and do not provide sufficient traction There is a risk of an accident M S tires with a tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm must be replaced immediately Further information can be found in the Digi tal Operator s Manual Tire pressure ee Snow chains The specifications on the sample Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pres Z WARNING sure tables are examples Tire pressure If snow chains are installed to the front specifications are vehicle specific and may wheels they may drag against the vehicle deviate from the data shown here The tire body or chassis components This could pressure specifications that are valid for cause damage to the vehicle or the tires your vehicle can be found on the Tire and There is a risk of an accident Loading Information placard and tire pres To avoid hazardous situations sure table on the vehicle e never install snow chains to the front General notes wheels Sa yc a e always install snow chains in pairs to the The recommended tire pressures for the tires rear wheels mounted at the factory can be found on the labels described here Further information can be found in the Digi Operation with an emergency spare tal Operator s Manual wheel information on operation with an emergency spare wheel can be found in the general notes in the Emergency spare wheel section gt page 329 i Further informatio
102. materials introduced through environmental influence or by animals can ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or parts of the engine that heat up There is a risk of fire Carry out regular checks to make sure that there are no flammable foreign materials in the engine compartment or in the exhaust system H Do not depress the accelerator when starting the engine bo io a ge bo gt m 60 ving Driving and parking General notes Vehicles with a gasoline engine the catalytic converter is preheated for up to 30 seconds after a cold start The sound of the engine may change during this time Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P The transmission position display in the multifunction display shows P You can start the engine in transmission position P and N Starting procedure with the SmartKey To start the engine using the SmartKey instead of KEYLESS GO pull the Start Stop button out of the ignition lock gt Vehicles with diesel engine turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 137 The 00 preglow indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt Turn the key to position 3 in the ignition lock and release it as soon as the engine is running gt page 137 Vehicles with a diesel engine you can start the engine without preglow if the engine is warm Using KEYLESS GO to start the eng
103. mistakenly detect vehicles that are crossing your lane Activat ing DISTRONIC PLUS at traffic lights with crossing traffic for example could cause your vehicle to pull away unintentionally DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot General notes 2 s ih DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot aids you in keeping the vehicle in the center of the driving lane by means of moderate steering interventions in the speed range from 0 125 mph 0 200 km h It monitors the area in front of your vehicle by means of multifunction camera Q at the top of the windshield At speeds of 0 37 mph 0 60 km h Stop amp Go Pilot focuses on the vehicle in front taking into account lane markings e g when following vehicles in a traffic jam At speeds of more than 37 mph 60 km h Steering Assist focuses on detected lane Driving systems markings left and right and only on the vehi cle in front if lane markings are missing If these conditions are not present Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot cannot provide assistance DISTRONIC PLUS must be active in order for the function to be available Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics It cannot take account of road weather and traffic conditions DISTRONIC PLUS wi
104. no longer detects a vehi cle in front DISTRONIC PLUS may unexpect edly accelerate the vehicle to the stored speed This speed may e be too high if you are driving in a filter lane or an exit lane e be so high in the right lane that you pass vehicles driving on the left left hand drive countries e be so high in the left lane that you pass vehicles driving on the right right hand drive countries If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored To store the current speed or a higher speed To store the current speed or a lower speed To deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS To store the current speed or call up the last stored speed To set the specified minimum distance Activating DISTRONIC PLUS Activation conditions In order to activate DISTRONIC PLUS the fol lowing conditions must be fulfilled e the engine must be started It may take up to two minutes after pulling away before DISTRONIC PLUS is operational e the parking brake must be released e ESP must be active but not intervening e Active Parking Assist must not be activa ted e the transmission must be in position D e the driver s door must be closed when you shift from P to D or your seat belt must be fastened e the front passenger door and rear doors must be closed e the vehicle must not skid gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 2 or press it up 4 or down DISTRONIC PLU
105. not observe these conditions OCS may produce a false classi fication e g because the front passenger e transfers their weight by supporting them selves on a vehicle armrest e sits in such a way that their weight is raised from the seat cushion If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the correct positioning of the child restraint system Never place objects under or behind the child restraint system e g cushions The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint system mustlie as flat as possible against the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat back rest and the head restraint position accord ingly Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function correctly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions Occupant Classification System opera tion OCS PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp shows you whether the front passenger front air bag is deactivated gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button once or twice The system carries out self diagnostics The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicat
106. of the arrow until it releases gt Remove wiper blade Installing a wiper blade gt Place new wiper blade 2 onto wiper arm gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper blade 2 in the opposite direction to the arrow until it engages gt Make sure that wiper blade is seated correctly gt Position wiper blade 2 parallel to wiper arm gt Fold wiper arm Q back onto the rear win dow You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers E dex Infomation Provide 6 DEALER y Useful information 00 130 Overview of climate control sys TOMS ocorre E 130 Operating the climate control sys tems oe a 133 Sm p fe 5 oO p O Information Provided by Nee Climate control Overview of climate control systems Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Overview of climate control systems Observe the settings recommended on the following pages The windows could other wise
107. on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance Blind Spot Assist is only an aid It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitute for attentive driving Always ensure that there is sufficient distance to the side for other road users and obstacles USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Monitoring range of the sensors In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain snow or spray e there are narrow vehicles e g motorcycles or bicycles e the road has very wide lanes e the road has narrow lanes e you are not driving in the middle of the lane e there are barriers or similar lane borders Vehicles in the monito
108. pedal If you do not depress the brake pedal the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged Upshifts take place at higher engine speeds after a cold start This helps the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature more quickly Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and to depress it before the vehicle begins to roll A WARNING After a short time hill start assist will no lon ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away There is a risk of an accident and injury Therefore quickly move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist Hill start assist is not active if e you are pulling away on a level road or ona downhill gradient e the transmission is in position N e the parking brake is applied e ESP is malfunctioning ECO start stop function Introduction The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically if the vehicle is stop ped under certain conditions The engine starts automatically when the driver wants to pull away again The ECO start stop function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel consumption and emission
109. play COMAND Dynamic route guidance with traffic reports via SIRIUS satellite radio COMAND Avoid any direct contact with the display surface Pressure on the display surface may result in impairments to the display which could be irreversible E Audio 20 COMAND Wearing polarized sunglasses may impair your ability to read the display The display has an automatic temperature controlled switch off feature The brightness is automatically reduced if the temperature is too high The display may then temporarily switch off completely e Communication Messaging functions text messages e mail COMAND Address book COMAND Internet browser COMAND Mercedes Benz Apps with Google Local Search Destination Route down load Facebook Google Street View stock prices news and much more Mercedes Benz mobile website WiFi interface for the connection of a smartphone to COMAND WiFi hotspot functionality to connect a tablet PC or notebook in order to enable access to the Internet using the custom er s mobile phone COMAND e SIRIUS Weather COMAND Weather data as an information chart current forecast 5 day preview detailed information Weather data on the weather map e g rain radar data storm characteristics Overview The example shows the display in SD memory card mode in COMAND In the status bar at the top you will see the time and other displays depending on the settings
110. puter Setting the brightness of the dis play switch on board computer Setting the color of the ambient lighting on board computer Standing lamps Switching the daytime running lamps on off on board com puter Switching the daytime running lamps on off switch Switching the exterior lighting delayed switch off on off on board computer Switching the surround lighting on off on board com puter Turn signals see Replacing bulbs List of access data NeW Provider eeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeees List of mobile phone network pro viders With the selected provider Loading guidelines Locking see Central locking Locking doors Automatic Emergency locking From inside central locking but ton Locking centrally see Central locking Locking verification signal on board computer Low beam headlamps Display message ecce 191 Switching On Off neseser 121 Luggage holder EASY PACK load Securing Kit c csccsssses sci essseseseseeees 247 Lumbar support Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup DOME E E A 116 MES tire S nnn inaa 290 Malfunction message see Display messages Matte finish cleaning instruc HONS eeii ecrire snasta aea 268 mbrace Call Priority osciirisaisesisirisiiines 256 Display message secere 191 Downloading destinations COMAND neierens 252 Downloading routes sses 252 Emergency call iscrsssessssses 253 General notes ceeeeeseeesreeeees 252 GOO TENCING ette sncacseaceetseeetevsei
111. rinse them thor oughly with clean water e If tire sealant is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting and seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with tire sealant e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately Flat tire H Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down Comply with the manufacturer s safety instructions on the sticker on the tire inflation compressor Using the TIREFIT kit Le gt Do not remove any foreign objects which have penetrated the tire e g screws or nails gt Remove the tire sealant bottle the accom panying TIREFIT sticker and the tire infla tion compressor from the stowage well underneath the trunk floor cargo compart ment floor gt page 270 gt Affix part Q of the TIREFIT sticker to the instrument cluster within the driver s field of vision gt Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker near the valve on the wheel with the defective tire E Roadside Assistance Flat tire _ Roadside Assistance gt Pull plug with the cable and hose out of the housing gt Screw hose onto flange of tire seal ant bottle gt Place tire sealant bottl
112. risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify parts of the restraint system Never tamper with the wiring the electronic components or their software If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details USA only for further information con tact our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 Restraint system warning lamp The functions of the restraint system are checked after the ignition is switched on and at regular intervals while the engine is run ning Therefore malfunctions can be detec ted in good time The amp restraint system warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the igni tion is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the vehicle is started The components of the restraint system are in operational readiness A malfunction has occurred if the restraint system warning lamp e does not light up after the ignition is switched on e does not go out after a few seconds with the engine running e lights up again while the engine i running Z WARNING If restraint system is malfunctioning restraint system components may be triggered unin tentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with a high rate of vehicle deceleration This can affect the Emer gency Tensioning Device or air bag for exam pl
113. safety notes gt page 284 H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses B Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance gt Open the tailgate gt To open pull handle on the cover gt Open the cover downwards gt Swing paneling 2 forwards ee EA Useful information 006 288 Important safety notes 288 Operation reece 288 Winter operation cccee 290 Tire pressure e a e 291 Loading the vehicle 298 All about wheels and tires 301 Changing a wheel ceeeeee 309 Wheel and tire combinations 314 Emergency spare wheel 329 ian Wheels and tires Le Wheels and tires Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Important safety notes Z WARNING If wheels and ti
114. safety notes sec tion gt page 75 Z WARNING If ESP is malfunctioning ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Additionally further driv ing safety systems are deactivated This increases the risk of skidding and an accident Drive on carefully Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop H Vehicles with 4MATIC function or per formance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer Before you operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult a qualified workshop You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system Vehicles without 4MATIC observe the notes on ESP gt page 283 when towing the vehi cle with a raised rear axle ESP is only deactivated if the lamp is lit continuously warning Driving safety systems bee If the amp warning lamp and the amp warn ing lamp are lit continuously ESP not avail able due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 206 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 192 Safety i Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly Characteristics of ESP General information Ifthe ESP warning lamp goes out before beginning the journey ESP is automatically active If ESP intervenes the ESP warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster
115. sequence indicated 4 to The specified tightening torque is 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position gt Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicle tools in the trunk cargo compartment again gt AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipment insert the cover into the outer sill gt Check the tire pressure of the newly moun ted wheel and adjust it if necessary Observe the recommended tire pressure gt page 291 All wheels mounted must be equipped with functioning sensors Wheel and tire combinations H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz rec ommends that you only use tires and wheels which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehi cle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires featuring run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only cer tain AMG tires Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz Cer tain characteristics e g handling vehicle noise emissions or fuel consumption may otherwise be adversely affected In addi tion when driving with a load tire dimen sion variations could cause the tires to come into contact with th
116. shown The traffic signs are only displayed with the restrictions if e the regulation must be observed with the restriction or e Traffic Sign Assist is unable to determine whether the restriction applies If Traffic Sign Assist is unable to determine a maximum permitted speed from any of the available sources no speed limit is displayed in the instrument cluster either Traffic Sign Assist is not available in all coun tries In this case symbol is shown in the assistance graphic display gt page 190 Important safety notes Traffic Sign Assist is only an aid and is not always able to correctly display speed limits Traffic signs always have priority over the Traffic Sign Assist display The system may be either functionally impaired or temporarily unavailable if the information in the digital street map of the navigation system is incorrect or out of date Instrument cluster display Displaying the assistance graphic gt Call up the assistance graphics display function using the on board computer gt page 190 gt Select the Traffic Sign Assist display Detected traffic signs are displayed in the instrument cluster Speed limit with unknown restriction Maximum permitted speed Maximum permitted speed for vehicles for which the restriction in the additional sign is relevant Additional sign for unknown restriction A maximum permitted speed of 100 mph 100 km h and a speed limit
117. signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left e Automatic interior lighting control e Manual interior lighting control e Crash responsive emergency lighting gt To switch on turn the light switch to auto gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q The indicator lamp in the multifunc tion display lights up when it is dark and the light sensor activates the low beam head lamps If you are driving at speeds above approx imately 16 mph 25 km h Replacing bulbs Z WARNING Bulbs lamps and connectors can get very hot Lights and windshield wipers rq The headlamp range is set automatically depending on the distance between the vehicle and other road users If you are driving at speeds above approx when operating If you change a bulb you could burn yourself on these components There is a risk of injury Allow these components to cool down before imately 19 mph 30 km h and no other road users have been detected The high beam headlamps are switched on automatically The ZO indicator lamp in the instrument cluster also lights up If you are driving at speeds below approx imately 16 mph 25 km h or other road users have been detected or the roads are adequately lit The high beam headlamps are switched off automatically The ZO indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The p changing a bulb
118. sseseceseeeetsecevsbecacieacecseenaesecceencs 25 IMtFODUCTION ss scscsiscscessscesvescsssessbeseaets 25 Digital speedometer 190 DIRECT SELECT lever Automatic transmission 0 142 Display cleaning instructions 268 Display messages ASSYST PLUS inanir 266 Calling up on board com PUTET eee e asset ee ARE 191 Driving Systems cs scscecsssecesecestesseesss 191 EN QiM sisisi apee 199 General NOTES siccis ienn 191 Hiding on board computer 191 KEVLESS G ys sesseascesacscscectaseresaacases Lights oosisssericrisirsirerirerisierinsrisiei Safety SyStEMS sessios SIMAVEK CY vcs ccecssesssocecedevoctesorssseapaece THOS seceseei sseeats WO MIGIGsseccsessasseeet sihrit retisto Distance recorder eeeeseeeees see Odometer see Trip odometer Distance warning warning lamp 210 Distance warning function FUNCtION NOTES ceeeeeseseeeeeseeeeeeeees 79 DISTRONIC PLUS Activating sesdstscscieseteceisgecssbessdecaaces Activation conditions Dea Ctivating sicc 5cccsessecveseseseyorceass Display message secere Displays in the multifunction dis oE N P E E 161 FUNCLION NOLES scssssssisssisrscsrssssss Important safety notes 0 Setting the specified minimum CISTANCE sereia ERE SEOPP ING ssicscechcesvevsues E e Doors Automatic locking on board com PUTET sc sccee seca neescessesserteescvesevsnevenis Automatic locking switch Cent
119. starting ee Towing and tow starting 281 Information Provided by Nee a Roadside Assistance Where will find Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Where will find Vehicle tool kit General notes The vehicle tool kit can be found in the stow age well under the trunk floor gt page 248 or cargo compartment floor gt page 249 Depending on the vehicle equipment the vehicle tool kit is on the left hand side or the right hand side in the stowage well under the trunk floor cargo compartment floor Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit a Roadside Assistance Vehicle tool kit in the left hand stowage well exam ple equipment and country specific variations possible Tire sealant filler bottle Folding wheel chock One pair of gloves under jack Tire inflation compressor Towing eye Jack Alignment bolt Fuse allocation chart Lug wrench gt Open the trunk lid tailgate gt Sedan lift up the floor of the trunk gt page 248 gt Wagon r
120. such as coat hangers to the head restraints for example e use head restraint covers If you do so the head restraints cannot fulfill their intended protective function in the event of an accident In addition objects attached to the head restraints could endanger other vehicle occupants There is an increased risk oi inuy Do not insert your finger between the cushion Do not attach any objects to the head of the head restraint and the cover Pay par restraints and do not use head restraint cov ticular attention while resetting the NECK ens PRO head restraints gt Tilt the top of the NECK PRO head restraint Method of operation cushion forwards in the direction of NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury arrow 1 head restraints offer additional protection gt Push the NECK PRO head restraint cushion against head and neck injuries In the event of down as far as it will go in the direction of arear collision of acertain severity the NECK arrow 2 PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head With your hand flat firmly push the NECK restraints on the driver s and front passenger PRO head restraint cushion backwards in seats are moved forwards and upwards This the direction of arrow until it engages provides better head support gt Repeat this procedure for the second If the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO NECK PRO head restraint luxury head restraints have been triggered in an accident reset the NECK PRO head
121. take your hands off the steering wheel for a prolonged period of time the system will first alert you with a visual warning A steering wheel sym bol appears in the multifunction display If you have still not started to steer and have not taken hold of the steering wheel after five seconds at the latest a warning tone also sounds to remind you to take control of the vehicle Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are switched to passive DISTRONIC PLUS remains active Activating Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt Activate the DISTRONIC PLUS with Steer ing Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot function using the on board computer gt page 190 The DTR Steering Assistant On mes sage appears in the multifunction display Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are active Information in the multifunction display If Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are acti vated but not ready for a steering interven tion steering wheel symbol Q appears in gray If the system provides you with support by means of steering interventions sym bol Q is shown in green Deactivating Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt Deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot function using the on board computer gt page 190 The DTR Steering Assistant Off message appears in the multifunction dis play Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are deactivated When DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated or not
122. the access data of the mobile phone network pro WIGER E EET 233 Selecting the access data of the mobile phone network provider 233 Setting up an Internet connection 232 Operating safety Declaration of conformity s 31 Important safety notes eee 30 Operating system see On board computer Operation Digital Operator s Manual 25 Operator s Manual Vehicle EquipMent sissi siestis 28 Outside temperature display 188 Overhead control panel Override feature Rear side WINdOWS ccesesseeeeees 74 Paint code number cee Paintwork cleaning instructions 268 Panic alarim ticsessecces cc2cccccesesisbbseeeiecetees 48 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Important safety notes 0 106 Opening CIOSING seses 108 Opening closing the roller sun DUNG E EEEE T 109 Problem malfunction 111 Resetting kesicinin 109 Parking Important safety notes 0 0 151 Parking Drakeni 152 Position of exterior mirror front passenger SIS sssri 117 Rear VIEW camefa cs c0cesoserecoencees 171 see PARKTRONIC Parking aid Active Parking Assist eee 170 see Exterior mirrors see PARKTRONIC Parking assistance see PARKTRONIC Parking brake Display message ccecce 191 Notes fUNCtiOM iscrisse 152 PARKTRONIC Deactivating activating 170 Driving SyStEM sccsscssseessecsscsceseseesass 168 FUNCHION NOLES ssssssis
123. the driver s side Maximum loaded vehicle weight The maximum weight is the sum of e the curb weight of the vehicle e the weight of the accessories e the load limit e the weight of the factory installed optional equipment Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa corre sponds to 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar 100 kilopascals kPa are the equiva lent of 1 bar Load index In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capa city more precisely P Wheels and tires All about wheels and tires fad Wheels and tires Curb weight The weight of a vehicle with standard equip ment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant It also includes the air condi tioning system and optional equipment if these are installed in the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage Maximum load rating The maximum load rating is the maximum permissible weight in kilograms or Ibs for which a tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Maximum load on one tire Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two PSI pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for tire pressure Aspect ratio Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent Tire pressure Pr
124. the following topics e Switching on Active Blind Spot Assist Active Lane Keeping Assist General notes i Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle by means of multi function camera at the top of the wind shield Various different areas to the front rear and side of your vehicle are also moni tored with the aid of the radar sensor system Active Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and can warn you before you leave your lane unintentionally If you do not react to the warning a lane cor recting application of the brakes can bring the vehicle back into the original lane This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h m Driving and parking ted Driving systems L Driving and parking For Active Lane Keeping Assist to assist you when driving the radar sensor system must be operational Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style Active Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of phys ics Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot take account of road and weather conditions It may not recognize traffic situations Active Lane Keeping Assist is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot continu ously keep your vehicle
125. the handle flap from protruding Otherwise you could damage the handle a Stowage areas The TIREFIT kit the vehicle tool kit etc are located in the stowage compartment gt To open pull handle Q up gt Hook handle Q into rain trough EASY PACK folding floor with stowage compartment under the cargo com partment floor Wagon Important safety notes Z WARNING If you drive when the EASY PACK folding floor is open objects could be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Always close the EASY PACK folding floor before a journey H Do not apply pressure to the EASY PACK folding luggage compartment floor when it is fully open You may otherwise damage the hinges of the EASY PACK folding lug gage compartment floor H Vehicles with a B amp O sound system do not remove the EASY PACK folding floor Removing the EASY PACK folding floor will cause the cable set or the amplifier to be damaged because the amplifier module is screwed to the underside of the EASY PACK folding floor Opening and closing the folding cargo compartment floor The parts of the EASY PACK load securing kit are contained beneath the EASY PACK fold ing floor Beneath the insert you will find for example the TIREFIT kit or the emergency spare wheel and the vehicle tool kit gt To open open the tailgate gt
126. tread Thus you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires Minimum tire tread depth for e Summer tires in 3 mm e M S tires Y in 4 mm For safety reasons replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tire tread depth is reached Oo Wheels and tires Marking shows where the bar indicator arrow for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread Tread wear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread They are visible once a tread depth of Ea Winter operation e Wheels and tires approximately Vie in 1 6 mm has been reached If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 272 e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km They only reach their full performance after this distance e Do not drive with tires which have too little tread depth as this significantly reduces the traction on wet roads hydroplaning e Replace the tires after six years at the lat est regardless of wear Observe the notes on the emergency spare wheel g
127. 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 1 5 Front 2 Rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 180 Ibs 82 kg Occupant 3 160 Ibs 73 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5 120 Ibs 54 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg Example 2 Example 3 1500 Ibs 680 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 2 Example 3 3 1 Front 1 Front 1 Rear 2 Occupant 1 200 lbs Occupant 1 150 Ibs 91 kg 68 kg Occupant 2 190 Ibs 86 kg Occupant 3 150 Ibs 68 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Step 3 Example 1 Permissible load 1500 Ibs 680 kg maximum gross vehi 750 Ibs 340 kg cleweightratingfrom 750 lbs 340 kg the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occu pants Even if you have calculated the total cargo carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 298 Permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers load and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the permissi ble gross vehicle weight Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR the maximum permissible weight that can be car ried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehi cle weight and maximum gross a
128. 19 98 Y XL27 Not in connection with a ceramic brake system Only fine link snow chains are permitted Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm 6 7 Observe notes on Large wheels under General notes in Wheel tire combinations 8 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 4 Wheels and tires Lo Wheels and tires Winter tires R19 Tires FA 255 35 R19 96VXLM S A 7 RA 255 35 R19 96 VXLM S 4 789 FA 255 35 R19 96 VXLM S A 7 RA 285 30 R19 98 VXLM S 4 27 E 63 AMG 4MATIC Summer tires R19 Tires FA 255 35 ZR19 96 Y XL7 RA 285 30 ZR19 98 Y XL7 Winter tires R19 Tires FA 255 35 R19 96 V XL M S RA 255 35 R19 96 V XL M S A 79 A 7 8 9 FA 255 35 R19 96 V XL M S RA 285 30 R19 98 V XL M S lt 6 Wheel and tire combinations Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Alloy wheels
129. 5Bx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 42 in 36 mm gt O lt o z o 7 Collapsible spare wheel Alloy wheels 6 5 Bx 19 H2 Wheel offset 0 55 in 14 mm 3 Us fi gt fi 1 ED Useful information eee 334 Information regarding technical dala a 334 Vehicle electronics eeeee 334 Identification plates 0 336 Service products and filling capaci ties osn Seed ccccodccc cece aeoscesG 337 Vehicle data ee e e ran 344 i Technical data ra Vehicle electronics Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Information regarding technical data Z WARNING HYBRID vehicles It is imperative that you read the HYBRID Supplemental Operating Instruc tions included in your vehicle literature port folio You may otherwise not receive all nec essary safety information and warning for the operation of your vehicle The data stated here specifically refers to a vehicle with standard equipment Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle var
130. 7 Y XL FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 RA 265 35 R18 97 Y XL Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm All weather tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 0 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 4 Only for Sedan 3 Available as MOExtended tires 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section Tires BA 245 745 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S Winter tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S A BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S 4 BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S A BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S 4 R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S amp 3 Available as MOExtended tires Wheel and tire combinations ke Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 51xX 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm E Wheels and tires a Wheel and tire combinations E Wheels and tires E 400 4MATIC Summer tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 95 W
131. 7 in 1466 mm Wagon 59 9 in 1522 mm E 350 37 0 ft 11 28 m E 400 E 250 BlueTEC All other models SZ RE SO Missing values were not available at time of going to print Vehicle length 192 6 in 4892 mm Sedan Vehicle length 193 1 in 4904 mm Wagon Vehicle width 81 5 in 2071 mm including exterior mirrors Wheelbase 113 1 in 2874 mm Maximum roof load 220 Ibs 100 kg Maximum trunk load Sedan Maximum trunk load Wagon Sedan S71 in 1450 mm Wagon 59 1 in 1502 mm ee Infomation Provided by 6 DEALER dex Infomation Provide 6 DEALER y
132. 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm E Wheels and tires Ea Wheel and tire combinations All weather tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S8 R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm E Wheels and tires FA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 RA 265 40 R18 97 V XL M S Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S A 3 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S 4 3 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL MHS amp BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 3 Available as MOExtended tires
133. ABS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out when the engine is running Driving safety systems PRE SAFE Brake gt page 84 e STEER CONTROL gt page 86 A Y Ge N Driving safety systems Safety _ Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 Z WARNING If ABS is faulty the wheels could lock when braking The steerability and braking charac teristics may be severely impaired Addition ally further driving safety systems are deac tivated There is an increased danger of skid ding and accidents Drive on carefully Have ABS checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop When ABS is malfunctioning other systems including driving safety systems will also become inoperative Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp gt page 205 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 192 ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h regardless of road surface condi tions ABS works on slippery surfaces even if you only brake gently Braking gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal vigorously until the braking sit uation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal The pulsating brake pedal
134. An incorrectly secured roof carrier or roof load may become detached from the vehicle You must therefore ensure that you observe the roof carrier manufacturer s installation instructions Features Ea Attaching the roof carrier Sedan In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Cup holder e Bottle holder e Roller sunblinds on the rear side windows e Rear window roller sunblind Sedan If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror is folded up when the vehicle is in motion you could be i e Ashtray 3 Vehicles with a steel roof or sliding sunroof illus e Cigarette lighter tration 3 e 12 V sockets e 115 V socket g me c oO Sunvisrs o 00 Overview S A WARNING 2 N blinded by incident light There is a risk of an Vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt slid accident ing panel Always keep the mirror cover folded down while driving gt Open covers Q carefully in the direction of the arrow gt Fold covers Q upwards gt Only secure the roof carrier to the anchor age points under covers Q gt Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions Attaching the roof carrier Wagon gt Secure the roof carrier to the roof rails gt Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions Mirror light Additional sun visor Bracket Retaining clip e g for a car park ticket Vanity mirror Mirror cover
135. Brake warns you Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation Driving safety systems he In order to maintain the appropriate distance to the vehicle in front and thus prevent a col lision you must apply the brakes yourself PRE SAFE Brake can also brake the vehicle automatically under the following conditions e the driver and front passenger have their seat belts fastened and e the vehicle speed is between approx imately 4 mph 7 km h and 124 mph 200 km h At a speed of up to approximately 44 mph 70 km h PRE SAFE Brake can also detect e stationary objects in the path of your vehi cle e g stopped or parked vehicles e pedestrians in the path of your vehicle WARNING PRE SAFE Brake does not react e to small people e g children e to animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result PRE SAFE Brake may neither give warnings nor intervene in all critical sit uations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the rec ognition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling
136. Center console lower section At a glance ls Function Stowage compartment Ashtray Cigarette lighter Cup holder swf Adjusts the suspen sion setting s Sets the vehicle level Page Be BREE Function Page Stowage compartment with Media Interface An Selects the drive pro gram COMAND controller center consote as Center console lower section AMG vehicles 0000 Function Ashtray Cigarette lighter Engages park position P Selector lever Cup holder Stowage compartment with Media Interface Audio or COMAND control ler ts ts Function AME Calls up or saves the suspension setting i Adjusts the suspen sion setting oo OFF ESP Drive program selector 2z 82 2z At a glance 7 oa Overhead control panel Overhead control panel At a glance _ Function Page Function Page Switches the rear Rear view mirror interior lighti ff YALU UU zz Buttons for the garage door aa Switches the auto opener 257 matic interior lighting con talana amung SA Microphone for mbrace emergency call system amp Switches the right telephone and Voice Con hand reading lamp on off ma trol System see the sepa alone eeecine rate operating instructions sl
137. E slackens the belt pre tensioning On vehicles with active multicontour seats the air pressure in the side bolsters is reduced again All settings made by PRE SAFE can then be reversed If the seat belt pre tensioning is not reduced gt Move the seat backrest or seat back slightly when the vehicle is stationary The seat belt pre tensioning is reduced and the locking mechanism is released The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience function You will find information on the convenience func tion under Belt adjustment gt page 53 Introduction PRE SAFE PLUS is only available in vehicles with the Driving Assistance package Using the radar sensor system PRE SAFE PLUS is able to detect that a head on or rear end collision is imminent In certain hazard ous situations PRE SAFE PLUS takes pre emptive measures to protect the vehicle occupants Important safety notes The intervention of PRE SAFE PLUS cannot prevent an imminent collision The driver is not warned about the interven tion of PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE PLUS does not intervene if the vehicle is backing up Occupant safety PRE SAFE PLUS does not perform braking actions while the vehicle is in motion or when Parking Guidance is active Function PRE SAFE PLUS intervenes in certain situa tions if the radar sensor system detects an imminent head on or rear end collision PRE SAFE PLUS take
138. General notes Pay particular attention in the following traffic situations e Cornering going into and coming out of a bend e Vehicles traveling on a different line e Other vehicles changing lanes e Narrow vehicles e Obstructions and stationary vehicles e Crossing vehicles In such situations brake if necessary DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated Ea Driving systems _ Driving and parking Cornering going into and coming out of a bend Ppa Po Anal The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehi cles when cornering is limited Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late Vehicles traveling on a different line FHATH DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect vehicles traveling on a different line The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Other vehicles changing lanes DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the vehi cle cutting in yet The distance to this vehicle will be too short Narrow vehicles m Tet DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected the vehicle in front on the edge of the road because of its narrow width The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Obstructions and stationary vehicles DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for obsta cles or stationary vehicles If for example the detected vehicle turns a corner and reveals an obstacle or stationary vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS will not brake for these Crossing vehicles mE mn FH TETH DISTRONIC PLUS may
139. Holding the ribbing press handle Q down wards 2 Handle Q folds upwards gt Pull EASY PACK folding luggage compart ment floor 8 in the direction of the arrow by handle Q until it reaches the desired position and engages in side 4 gt To close disengage the EASY PACK fold ing luggage compartment floor and pull it back gt Press the EASY PACK folding luggage com partment floor down 2 until it engages Installing and removing the folding cargo compartment floor 120 position gt Remove the combined cargo cover and net gt page 243 gt To remove move EASY PACK folding lug gage compartment floor Q into the 120 position and lift it upwards gt To install push EASY PACK folding lug gage compartment floor Q to the stop move it into the 120 position and make sure it engages audibly gt Pull EASY PACK folding luggage compart ment floor Q forwards E Stowage and features EASY PACK rear sill protector Wagon H Before closing the tailgate refasten the EASY PACK rear sill protector on the under side of the EASY PACK folding luggage compartment floor The EASY PACK rear sill protector could otherwise be damaged Ea Stowage areas Stowage and features The EASY PACK rear sill protector is attached to the underside of the EASY PACK folding cargo compartment floor by means of mag nets It is designed to prevent clothing becoming stained and the paintwork b
140. Important safety notes Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake HYBRID vehicles make sure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature Otherwise you may not recognize dangers Selector lever AMG vehicles Overview of transmission positions Park position with parking lock Reverse gear Neutral Drive oj Z v Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Transmission position and drive program display e Engaging park position P DIRECT SELECT lever Overview of transmission positions Park position with parking lock Reverse gear Neutral Drive g 1z v The DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of the steering column The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns to its
141. NGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Observe the additional information on OCS gt page 58 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant is too hot A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Wait until the engine has cooled down gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the display message goes out and the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Other wise the engine could be damaged gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt f the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C Po
142. OMissscisdcsicssccavest uiceasess 41 Central locking Automatic locking on board com PUTET sovsccceseceticeccessseeesecvercvsseseneesnae 190 Locking unlocking SmartKey 90 Changing bulbs High beam headlamps Turn signals front n Child Restraint system seese 69 Child seat Forward facing restraint system 73 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCHOMNS sss sdesicstaasesasesssessterearseaesusedens 70 On the front passenger seat 73 Rearward facing restraint system 73 Top Tether sessirnir 71 Child proof locks Important safety notes ee 73 ReardOons oenina 74 Children Special seat belt retractor 69 Cigarette lighter 00 eee 251 Cleaning Mirror turn signal Clear button Climate control Automatic climate control 3 ZOME APE EEEE 132 Controlling automatically 133 Cooling with air dehumidification 133 Defrosting the windows 4 133 Defrosting the windshield 133 Dual zone automatic climate con UNO E E E 131 General NOLES siioni 130 Indicator lamp oo eee eeeeseeceeeeneeees 133 Maximum cooling eseeeeeeseeeseeeeee 133 Overview of Systems eeeeeeeeee 130 Problem with the rear window CETOSLON a sish caine na Problems with cooling with air dehumidification Rear control panel Refrigerant s e es Refrigerant filling capacity Setting the air distribution Setting the air vents essiri S
143. Problem malfunction Fuse allocation chart vehicle tool kit Fuses Allocation chart Before changing Fuse box in the cargo compart ment Fuse box in the engine compart ment Fuse box in the trunk Important safety notes Garage door opener Clearing the Memory sses 259 General MOteS ocrni 256 Important safety notes ss 257 Opening closing the garage door 259 Programming button in the rear VIEW MITON Aeee 257 Synchronizing the rolling code 257 Gear indicator on board com puter ieper sern errennert 190 Gear or selector lever cleaning guidelines eee eee eeeeeeneeeneeeees 268 Genuine parts e 27 Glove oku pnan 239 Google Local Search see also Digital Operator s Man Ual sedans EE 214 HANDS FREE ACCESS cece 99 Hazard warning lamps 06 120 Head bags Display message ssec 196 Head restraints AdjUS NE siisii 116 Adjusting rear siissiicisscscssipinssisas 116 see NECK PRO head restraints see NECK PRO luxury head restraints Headlamps Fogging UP cis tscseieseiescsiaceieaehseeteess 120 see Automatic headlamp mode Heating see Climate control High beam headlamps Adaptive Highbeam Assist 122 Changing bulbs ssec 124 Display message ee eeeeeeeeteeeeees 191 Switching On Off ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 121 Hill start assist 00 eee 141 HOLD function Activating siseses 165 D activatihg 5 cscccsccensecsesiscectes reas 166
144. Profile and MAP Message Access Profile Bluetooth pro files the following information will be trans mitted after you connect e Phone book e Call lists e Messages The battery of the mobile phone should always be kept sufficiently charged in order to prevent malfunctions Not all mobile phones available on the market are equally suitable You can obtain more detailed information about suitable mobile phones and about the connection between the mobile phone and Audio 20 COMAND on the Internet at http www mbusa mobile com You can also obtain more information by calling In the USA you can get in touch with the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter on 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 In Canada you can get in touch with the Customer Relations Center on 1 800 387 0100 Some displays e g the signal strength depend on the supported version of the Hands Free Profile Procedure and general information Searching for and authorizing connect ing a mobile phone Before using your mobile phone with Audio 20 COMAND for the first time you will need to search gt page 229 for the phone and then authorize it gt page 229 Depending on the mobile phone authorization either takes place by means of Secure Simple Pairing or by entering a passkey Audio 20 COMAND automatically makes the system suitable for your mobile phone available You can recog nize Secure Simple Pairing by a code which is displ
145. S is selected gt Press the cruise control lever repeatedly up or down 8 until the desired speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front but only up to the desired stored speed If the vehicle in front of you is stationary you can only activate DISTRONIC PLUS once your vehicle is stationary as well If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal the DISTRONIC PLUS Override message appears in the multifunction dis play The set distance to a slower moving vehicle in front will then not be maintained You will be driving at the speed you deter mine by the position of the accelerator pedal You can also activate DISTRONIC PLUS when stationary The lowest speed that can be setis 18 mph 30 km h gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you up or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected Driving systems re Activating Activating at the current speed last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towa
146. SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated For example the on board voltage may be insufficient Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase SH and warning lamps light up in the If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the multifunction display still shows the display message gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS ESP BAS the HOLD function PRE SAFE and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS PRE SAFE PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed The praxe USA only or Canada only amp warning lamps in the instrument cluster also light u ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING N RW lad O The brake system continues to function normally but withou
147. Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yel low at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indica tor lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp Q on the corre sponding side lights up red This warning is Driving systems always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged In this event Blind Spot Assist is no longer active The brightness of the indicator or warning lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light Information in the Digital Operator s Man ual In the Digital Operator s Manual you can find information about e Collision warning e Switching on Blind Spot Assist Lane Keeping Assist General notes i ih Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle with camera Q which is mounted at the top of the windshield Active Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and can warn you before you leave your lane unintentionally This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h A warning may be given if a f
148. That person could for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior especially if the person is sitting too close to the dash board This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Occupant safety Eg When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the person is seated properly with a cor rectly fastened seatbelt e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit when it should not the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occupant Classifi cation System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Z WARNING Objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system could affect OCS oper ation This could result in the front passenger air bag not functioning as intended during an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Do not place any objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint sy
149. To select a telephone number turn and press the controller Further information on the phone book can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Procedure and general information USA to use Mercedes Benz Apps and Inter net access mbrace must be activated and operational Furthermore mbrace must be activated for Mercedes Benz Apps and Inter net access No further settings are required Canada in order to set up a mobile phone for Internet access your mobile phone must be connected via Bluetooth to Audio 20 COMAND If you are using Internet access for the first time you must enable the connected mobile phone for Internet access gt page 233 If the connected mobile phone supports the Bluetooth PAN profile you do not need to make additional settings The Internet connection is established If the con nected mobile phone does not support the named Bluetooth profile predefined gt page 233 or manual access data gt page 233 must be set Enabling the mobile phone for Internet access gt To call up the telephone menu press the TEL button gt To switch to the main function bar slide t the controller gt To select TEL press the controller gt To select Internet turn and press the controller The menu with the Internet functions is dis played gt To switch to the menu bar slide 4 the controller gt To select Settings turn and press the controller gt To select Configur
150. Vehicles with static LED headlamps Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched The bulb may explode if e you touch it e it is hot e you drop it e you scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designed for that purpose Only install spare bulbs of the same type and the specified volt age fea Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers tid Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands If necessary clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint free cloth Protect bulbs from moisture during opera tion Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquids Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 124 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace your self changed at a qualified specialist work shop If you require assistance changing bulbs con sult a qualified specialist workshop If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Vehicles with static LED headlamps The front and rear light clusters of your vehi cle are equipped with LED light bulbs Do not replace the bulbs yourself Contact a qualified specialist workshop which has
151. Y Speed rating Y indicates that the maximum speed of the tire is over 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer about the maximum speed All weather tires and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S upto 100 mph 160 km h TM S upto 118 mph 190 km h All about wheels and tires Load index Index Speed rating H M S upto 130 mph 210 km h VM S upto 149 mph 240 km h Notall tires with the M S marking provide the driving characteristics of winter tires In addition to the M S marking winter tires also have the amp snowflake symbol on the tire wall Tires with this marking fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufac Rak turers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC regarding the tire traction on snow They have been espe cially developed for driving on snow In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may be imprinted after the letters that identify speed index on the sidewall of the tire gt page 303 An electronic speed limiter prevents your e If no specification is given no text as in the vehicle from exceeding the following speeds example above represents a standard e all vehicles except AMG vehicles load SL tire 130 mph 210 km h e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced e AMG vehicles 155 mph 250 km h tire e AMG vehicles with Performance Package e Light Load represents a light load tire Wagon 174 mph 280 km h e C D E repr
152. a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a rea sonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its author ized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunc tion has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly noti fied Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion of a less serious nature than cate gory 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your written notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ
153. a is different for every vehicle and can deviate from the data shown here You can find the data applicable to your vehicle on the vehicle identification plate Vehicle identification plate with vehi cle identification number VIN gt Slide the right hand front seat to its rear most position gt Fold floor covering upwards You will see VIN Service products and filling capacities oma i z z F Emission control information plate including the certification of both federal and Californian emissions standards Engine number stamped into the crank case VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Service products and filling capaci ties A WARNING Service products may be poisonous and haz ardous to health There is a risk of injury Comply with instructions on the use storage and disposal of service products on the labels of the respective original containers Always store service products sealed in their original containers Always keep service products out of the reach of children Q Environmental note Dispose of service products in an environ mentally responsible manner Service products include the following e Fuels e Exhaust gas aftertreatment additives e g DEF e Lubricants e g engine oil transmission oil e Coolant e Brake fluid e Windshield washer fluid e Climate control system refrigerant Components and service products must be matched Only use pro
154. acturers or retread ers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety relevant matters It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affec ted tires The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifi cation code Q tire size tire type code and manufacturing date DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q marks that the tire complies with the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer identification code manu facturer identification code provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols For further information about retreaded tires see gt page 288 Tire size identifier describes the tire size Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked 2614 was manufactured in week 26 in 2014 Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire characteristics This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall and under tire tread
155. additional data about the vehicle s operation the use of the vehicle in certain situations and the location of the vehicle may be compiled through COMAND or the mbrace system For additional information please refer to the COMAND User Manual and or the mbrace Terms and Conditions Introduction Event data recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record data that will assist in under standing how a vehicle s systems performed in certain crash or near crashike situations such as during air bag deployment or when hitting a road obstacle The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e how various systems in your vehicle are operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seat belts are fastened e how far if at all the driver is depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e how fast the vehicle is traveling This data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement can com
156. adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit after the system self test depending on the result of the classification or alternatively goes out If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Alterna tively a person of smaller stature can sit on a rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit a person of smaller stature should not use the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult or a person of a stature correspond ing to that of an adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp goes out after the system self test This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated If children are traveling in the vehicle be sure to observe the notes on Children in the vehi cle gt page 68 When OCS is malfunctioning the red amp restraint system warning lamp in the instru ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously The front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted in this case and does not deploy during an accident Have the system checked by quali fied technicians as soon as possible Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The front passenger seat should only be repaired at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion is damaged have the nec essary repair work carrie
157. age 189 You can find more information on the individ ual menus in the Digital Operator s Manual Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you can call up the following menus e Trip menu e Navi menu navigation instructions e Audio menu e Tel menu telephone e DriveAssist menu assistance e Serv menu e Sett menu settings e AMG menu in AMG vehicles Display messages ee Display messages General notes This section describes display messages relevant to safety together with their solutions A description of other messages and their solutions can be found in the Digital Operator s Man ual Display messages appear in the multifunction display Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator s Manual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted When you stop and park the vehicle please observe the notes on the HOLD function gt page 165 and parking gt page 151 m On board computer and displa
158. age the transmission If the vehicle has transmission damage or damage to the front or rear axle have it trans ported on a transporter or trailer In the event of damage to the electrical system If the battery is defective the automatic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic transmission to position N you must provide power to the vehicle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 279 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be started by tow starting This could otherwise damage the transmission You can find information on Jump start ing under gt page 279 Z WARNING If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper age the electric cables could be overloaded This could result in a fire There is a risk of an accident and injury Always replace faulty fuses with the specified new fuses having the correct amperage E Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Otherwise components or sys tems could be damaged The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the compo nents on the circuit and their functions stop operating Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color
159. aid It shows the area behind your vehicle with guidelines in the Audio 20 or COMAND display The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the rear view mirror The text shown in the Audio 20 or COMAND display depends on the language setting The following are examples of rear view camera messages in the COMAND display Important safety notes The rear view camera is only an aid It is nota replacement for your attention to your imme diate surroundings You are always responsi ble for safe maneuvering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Driving systems ing d park iving an a Driving systems Driving and parking Under the following circumstances the rear view camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the trunk lid or tailgate is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the camera is exposed to very bright light e if the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LED lighting the display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage in winter e if the camera lens is dirty or obstructed Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 268 e if the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop T
160. aling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits These systems only work at peak efficiency if they are serviced exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications For this reason only have work on the engine carried out by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians The engine settings must not be changed under any circumstances Furthermore all specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Maintenance Booklet You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Important safety notes Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Downhill gradients You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Heavy and light loads Z WARNING If you rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving the braking system can overheat This increases the stopping distance and can even caus
161. alve cap of the tire that is to be checked gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compare it to the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire pressure table gt page 291 gt f the tire pressure is too low increase the tire pressure to the recommended value gt f the tire pressure is too high release air To do so press down the metal pin in the valve using the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure checker gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat these steps for the other tires General notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehi cle s wheels have sensors that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pres sure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the corresponding sensors are installed in all wheels Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the Service menu of the mul tifunction display see illustration example Example Sedan current tire pressure display For information on the message display refer to the Checking the tire pressure electroni cally section gt page 296 Important safety notes Z WARNING Each tire including the s
162. an combine the functions of KEYLESS GO with those of a con ventional SmartKey Unlock the vehicle by using KEYLESS GO for instance and lock it using the button on the SmartKey When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS GO the distance between the SmartKey and the corresponding door handle must not be greater than 3 ft 1 m Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example e when the external door handles are touched e when starting the engine e while the vehicle is in motion gt To unlock the vehicle touch the inner surface of the door handle gt To lock the vehicle touch sensor sur face gt Convenience closing feature touch recessed sensor surface 2 for an exten ded period For further information on the convenience closing feature see the Digital Operator s Manual keyword Convenience closing Example Sedan gt To unlock the trunk lid tailgate pull the handle on the trunk lid tailgate The vehicle only unlocks the trunk lid tail gate Deactivating and activating If you do not intend to use a key for an exten ded period of time you can deactivate the KEYLESS GO function of the SmartKey The SmartKey will then use very little power thereby conserving battery power For the purposes of activation deactivation the vehicle must not be nearb
163. ance warning function and Adaptive Brake Assist gt page 78 e ESP Electronic Stability Program gt page 80 e EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution gt page 84 e ADAPTIVE BRAKE gt page 84 If you fail to adapt your driving style or if you are inattentive the driving safety systems can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Driving safety systems are merely aids designed to assist driving You are responsible for maintaining the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for stay ing in lane Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather condi tions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully The driving safety systems described only work as effectively as possible when there is adequate contact between the tires and the road surface Pay particular attention to the information regarding tires recommended minimum tire tread depths etc in the Wheels and tires section gt page 288 In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driving safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible General information ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehi cle when braking The yellow
164. ance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Flexible Fuel vehicles can be refueled with the following fuel types e premium grade unleaded gasoline e E85 fuel e a mixture of E85 fuel and premium grade unleaded gasoline Flexible Fuel vehicles can be recognized by the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel filler flap Fuel consumption The energy content of E85 fuel is less than that of the same amount of premium grade gasoline The amount of fuel consumed when operating the vehicle with E85 fuel is there fore higher than with premium grade gaso line Maintenance Inform your authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter that you are operating or have operated the vehicle with E85 fuel Low outside temperatures If the outside temperature is below 32 F 0 C the starting procedure can take notice ably longer when operating with E85 fuel E85 fuel is not suitable for use at outside temperatures under 4 F 20 C Important safety notes Comply with the important safety notes for service products when handling DEF gt page 337 DEF is a water soluble fluid for the exhaust gas aftertreatment of diesel engines It is e not poisonous e colorless and odorless e not flammable When you open the DEF container small amounts of ammonia vapor may be released Ammonia vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritatin
165. and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Correct driver s seat position A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine gt Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjustment gt page 115 gt Make sure that seat is adjusted prop erly Electrical seat adjustment gt page 116 When adjusting the seat make sure that e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright position e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whether the head restraint is adjus ted properly When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye level by the center of the head restraint gt Observe the safety guidelines on steering wheel adjustment gt page 117 gt Make sure that steering wheel is adjus ted properly Adjusting the steering wheel electrically gt page 117 Whe
166. and steering wheel paddle shifter see the Dig ital Operator s Manual The automatic transmission shifts to rec Important safety notes ommended gear 2 Refueling mm A WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find You must avoid fire open flames creating information on the following topics sparks and smoking Switch off the engine e Downshifting and if applicable the auxiliary heating before e Kickdown refueling e Switching off the manual drive program 8 pe A WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health Transfer case There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children This section is only valid for vehicles with 4 wheel drive 4MATIC Power is always trans mitted to both axles H Performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer The brake system or transfer case could otherwise be a damaged Contact a qualified specialist Wash away fuel from skin immediately workshop for a performance test using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay If you or others co
167. and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Open the hood gt Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box gt To open remove lines from the guides gt Move lines aside Route the lines behind connection to do this gt Open clamp gt Remove the fuse box cover forwards gt To close check whether the seal is lying correctly in the cover gt Insert the cover at the rear of the fuse box into the retainer gt Fold down cover and close clamps Q Fuses pa gt Secure lines in the guides gt Close the hood Fuse box in the trunk Pay attention to the important safety notes gt page 284 H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses _ gt To open release cover 1 at the top right and left hand sides with a flat object gt Open cover Q downwards in the direction of the arrow gt Open the trunk lid Fuse box in the cargo compartment Pay attention to the important
168. annot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases the distance warning function may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and do not rely solely on the distance warning function Function Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h the distance warning function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately in order to increase the distance from the vehicle in front or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause the system to display a warning With the help of the radar sensor system the distance warning function can detect obsta cles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time Up to a speed of around 44 mph 70 km h the distance warning function can also react to stationary obstacles such as stopped or parked vehicles Autonomous braking function If the driver does not react to the distance warning signal in a critical situation COLLI SION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can assist with the autonomous braking function The autonomous braking function e gives the
169. ans mission Important safety notes Active Parking Assist is merely an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space Make sure that no persons animals or objects are in the maneuvering range When PARKTRONIC is switched off Active Parking Assist is also unavailable Z WARNING If there are objects above the detection range e Active Park Assist may steer too early e the vehicle may not stop in front of these objects You may cause a collision as a result There is a risk of an accident If there are objects above the detection range stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist Z WARNING While parking or pulling out of a parking space the vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of the oncoming lane This could result in a collision with another road user There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to other road users Stop the vehicle if necessary or cancel the Active Park ing Assist parking procedure H If unavoidable you should drive over obstacles such as curbs slowly and not at a sharp angle Otherwise you may damage the wheels or tires Active Parking Assist may possibly indicate parking spaces which are not suitable for parking for example e where parking or stopping is prohibited e in front of driveways or entrances and exits e on unsuitable surfaces Parking tips e On narr
170. ard computer and displays Display messages EBD Inoperative See Operator s Manual anaes only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD electronic brake force distribution ABS ESP BAS the HOLD function PRE SAFE and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS PRE SAFE PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the amp amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir In addition the sraxe USA only or Canada only warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds Z WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident
171. ards the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor is deactiva ted Child restraint system The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Do not install a rearward facing child restraint system on the center rear seat You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly on a suitable seat it cannot protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions and the notes on use Please ensure that the base of the child restraint system is always resting completely on the seat cush ion Never place objects e g cushions under or behind the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems with the original cover designed for them Only replace damaged covers with genuine covers Children in the vehicle Safety Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly or is not secured it can come loose in the event of an accident heavy braking or a sudden change in direction The child restraint system cou
172. are not damaged e when the jumper cables are connected to the battery uninsulated sections of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal sections e the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is running such as the V belt pulley or the fan gt Apply the parking brake firmly gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g rear window defroster lighting etc gt Open the hood Pii ii Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device Towing and tow starting ee gt Slide cover Q of positive terminal in the direction of the arrow gt Connect positive terminal 2 on your vehicle to positive terminal of donor battery using the jumper cable always begin with positive terminal on your own vehicle first gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Connect negative terminal of donor battery to ground point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicle first gt Start the engine gt Before disconnecting the jumper cables let the engine run for several minutes gt First remove the jumper cables from ground point and negative terminal then from positive clamp and positive terminal Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first
173. ast 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the sliding sunroof again man ually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e press the switch in any direction during the automatic closing process The closing process is stopped Opening and closing Overhead control panel To raise To open To close lower gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press or pull the E sponding direction If you press the E switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corre sponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again switch in the corre The automatic opening and raising fea ture is available only when the sliding sun roof is closed Sliding sunroof Opening and closing Po ta Sliding sunroof Opening and closing he The sun protection cover automatically opens along with the sliding sunroof You can open or close the sun protection cover manually when the sliding sunroof is raised or closed You can continue to operate the sli
174. at belt is fastened If the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h once and the driver s and front passenger seat belts are not fastened a warning tone sounds A warning tone also sounds with increasing intensity for 60 seconds or until the driver or front passenger have fastened their seat belts If the driver or front passenger unfasten their seat belts during the journey the seat belt warning is activated again For more information on the 2 seat belt warning lamp see Warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster seat belts gt page 202 Air bags Introduction The installation point of an air bag can be rec ognized by the AIR BAG symbol An air bag complements the correctly fas tened seat belt It is no substitute for the seat belt The air bag provides additional protec tion in applicable accident situations Not all air bags are deployed in an accident The different air bag systems function inde pendently from one another gt page 63 However no system available today can com pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injury caused by an air bag due to the high speed at which the air bag must be deployed Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not sit in the correct seat position the air bag cannot protect as intended and could even cause additional injury when dep
175. ate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the navigation system General notes Audio 20 is equipped with MARGIN MAP PILOT see the manufacturer s operating instructions Further information on navigation using COMAND can be found in the Digital Opera tor s Manual Among other things correct functioning of the navigation system depends on GPS recep tion In certain situations GPS reception may be impaired there may be interference or there may be no reception at all e g in tun nels or parking garages At vehicle speeds of above 5 km h data entries are restricted The functionality of a roof antenna tele phone GPS may be impaired if roof carri ers are used Switching to navigation mode gt Press the Navi button The map shows the vehicle s current posi tion Showing hiding the menu gt To show slide the controller when the map appears gt To hide press the button a
176. attery compartment cover Q PARIERA gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive ter minal facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so gt Make sure that the surface of the battery is free of lint grease and other contaminants gt Insert the front tabs of battery compart ment cover into the housing and then press to close it gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the Smart Key gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle bo N 2 O ke bo a O a SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Opening and closing b Problem You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO You have lost a Smart Key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 93 and replace it if nec essary gt page 93 If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 96 or lock gt page 96 the vehicle using the mechanical key The SmartKey is faulty gt Unlock gt page 96 or lock gt page 96 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 93 and repla
177. available Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are deactivated automatically HOLD function General notes The HOLD function can assist the driver in the following situations e when pulling away especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function deactivated when you depress the accelerator pedal to pull away Important safety notes Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle it can still roll away despite being braked by the HOLD function if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the HOLD function has been deactivated by pressing the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal e g by a vehicle occupant e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the HOLD function and secure the vehicle against rolling away H If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations Driving systems ee To prevent damage to the vehicle deacti vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func tion in the following or other similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash Activation conditions You
178. available if e it has been activated and is operational e the corresponding mobile phone network is available for transmitting data to the Cus tomer Center e a service subscription is available e the starter battery is sufficiently charged Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if e GPS reception is available e the vehicle position can be forwarded to the Customer Assistance Center The mbrace system To adjust the volume during a call proceed as follows gt Press the or button on the mul tifunction steering wheel or gt Use the COMAND Audio 20 volume con trol The system offers various services e g e Automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB Info call You can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis A malfunction in the system has been detec ted if one of the following occurs e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the RA Roadside Assistance button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in the amp i MB Info call button does not light up during self diag nosis of the system e The indicator lamp in one or more of the following button
179. aves track information on an Apple device for a later purchase option via iTunes e Enter Frequency manual frequency entry e Current Station Channel Listing list of available stations e Edit Station Preset selects and edits station presets e Show Station Information switches artist and track display and station name on off e HD Radio switches HD Radio on off Setting the waveband HU Frain FA bhy Amai E a Pa BOS gt Using the button in radio mode press the ravio button gt Turn the controller until the required wave band is in the center Press the controller or gt Using the radio menu bar in radio mode slide the controller gt To select Band Preset turn and press the controller E Audio 20 COMAND gt Turn the controller until the required wave band is selected Press the controller Selecting a station e To select via the main display field in radio mode turn the controller until the desired station is in the center e Via the Options menu using Current Station Channel Listing or Enter Frequency select or enter the desired sta tion e Using the search function COMAND in radio mode select in the menu bar and enter the first letters of the desired station using the controller Pa Audio 20 COMAND operating system m Audio 20 COMAND Radio text radio text plus This function is not available in all countries gt To swi
180. ayed in Audio 20 COMAND and on the mobile phone You can recognize the passkey system by the fact that you have to enter a code on the mobile phone and in Audio 20 COMAND The mobile phone is always con nected automatically after authorization If Audio 20 COMAND does not detect your mobile phone this may be due to particular security settings on your mobile phone You can also start the search procedure and authorization on the mobile phone gt page 230 Device specific information on authorizing and connecting Bluetooth capable mobile phones can be found on the Internet at http www mercedes benz com connect You can authorize up to 15 mobile phones Only one mobile phone can be connected to Audio 20 COMAND at any one time De authorizing disconnecting a mobile phone The connection is terminated automatically if you leave the receiver range of Audio 20 COMAND or deactivate Bluetooth on your mobile phone If you no longer want the Bluetooth connec tion to be established automatically the mobile phone must be de authorized discon nected gt page 231 Searching for a mobile phone Search far Panes 1 Pa Sa gt To call up the telephone menu press the TEL button gt To switch to the menu bar in the telephone menu slide the controller gt To select Connect Device turn the con troller and press to confirm The device list is displayed gt To select Search for Phones turn an
181. b out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock K Switch a E 3 4 5 wise until it engages Wipes with washer fluid I Switches on intermittent wiping O Switches off intermittent wiping a Wipes with washer fluid Lights and windshield wipers E Windshield wipers l gt n the windshield wipers gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Turn switch Q on the combination switch to the corresponding position When the rear window wiper is switched on a symbol appears in the assistance graphic in the instrument cluster Replacing the wiper blades Important safety notes 1 0 Windshield wiper off Z WARNING 2 Intermittent wipe low rain sensor If the windshield wipers begin to move while set to low sensitivity you are changing the wiper blades you could 3 Intermittent wipe high rain sensor set to high sensitivity b gt ea Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers J be trapped by the wiper arm There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and ignition before changing the wiper blades H To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper
182. bine the EDR data with the type of per sonal identification data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehi cle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties that have the special equipment such as law enforce ment can read the information by accessing the vehicle or the EDR EDR data may be used in civil and criminal matters as a tool in accident reconstruction accident claims and vehicle safety Since the Crash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract data from the EDR is commercially available Mercedes Benz USA LLC Ea Introduction MBUSA expressly disclaims any and all lia bility arising from the extraction of this infor mation by unauthorized Mercedes Benz per sonnel MBUSA will not share EDR data with others without the consent of the vehicle owners or if the vehicle is leased without the consent of the lessee Exceptions to this representation include responses to subpoenas by law enforcement by federal state or local gov ernment in connection with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates or as required by law Warning The EDR is a component of the Restraint System Module Tampering with altering modifying or removing the EDR com ponent may result in a malfunction of the Restraint System Module and other systems State laws or regulat
183. briefly stopped The roller sunblind then returns to its initial posi tion Sliding sunroof he Opening and closing Overhead control panel To raise To open To close lower gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press or pull the E switch in the corre sponding direction If you press or pull the E switch beyond the point of resistance an auto matic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing or pulling again power tilt sliding panel an sunblind E f the panorama roof with power tilt slid ing panel and the roller sunblinds cannot be fully opened or closed after resetting con tact a qualified specialist workshop Reset the panorama roof with power tilt slid ing panel and the roller sunblinds if the pan orama roof with power tilt sliding panel or the roller sunblinds do not move smoothly gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the E switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow Opening and closing ie Opening and closing hl Sliding sunroof until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is fully closed gt page 109 gt Keep the switch pulled for an addi tional second gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of a
184. c the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e no or several unclear lane markings are present for one lane e g in a construction area e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road The system is switched to passive and no lon ger assists you by performing steering inter ventions if e you actively change lanes e you switch on the turn signal e take your hands off the steering wheel or do not steer for a prolonged period of time After you have finished changing lanes Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are auto matically active again DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist does not provide assistance e on very sharp corners e when a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed Pay attention also to the important safety notes for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 157 The steering interventions are carried out with a limited steering moment The system requires the driver to keep his hands on the steering wheel and to steer himself If you do not steer yourself or if you
185. cal key Wagon you can e open and close the tailgate manually from outside e open the tailgate manually from inside Wagon with a folding bench seat e open and close the tailgate automatically from outside e open and close the tailgate automatically from inside e limit the opening angle of the tailgate e unlock the tailgate using the mechanical key Trunk lid tailgate reversing feature The trunk lid tailgate is equipped with an automatic reversing feature It reacts if a solid object obstructs or restricts the trunk lid tailgate during the closing procedure The trunk lid tailgate opens again automatically The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is not a substitute for your attentiveness to the trunk lid tailgate while it is closing Z WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers over the last 1 3 in 8 mm of the closing movement This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped e press the 5 e pull or press the remote operating switch on the driver s door or button on the SmartKey or e press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid tailgate or e pull the handle on the trunk lid tailgate Opening closing from outside Open
186. can activate the HOLD function if e the vehicle is stationary e the engine is running or if it has been auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e the driver s door is closed or your seat belt is fastened e the parking brake is released e the transmission is in position D R or N e DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Activating the HOLD function gt Make sure that the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal gt Quickly depress the brake pedal further until Horo Q appears in the multifunction display The HOLD function is activated You can release the brake pedal If depressing the brake pedal the first time does not activate the HOLD function wait briefly and then try again oo e pen a ge c bo gt T m A Driving systems e Driving and parking Deactivating the HOLD function The HOLD function is deactivated automati cally if e you accelerate and the transmission is in position D or R e you shift the transmission to position P e you depress the brake pedal again with a certain amount of pressure until Hoto dis appears from the multifunction display e you activate DISTRONIC PLUS When the HOLD function is activated the transmission is shifted automatically to posi tion P if e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless it is a
187. can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and func tions as a reminder to take extra care while driving BAS Brake Assist System General information BAS operates in emergency braking situa tions If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 Z WARNING If BAS is malfunctioning the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased There is a risk of an accident In an emergency braking situation depress the brake pedal with full force ABS prevents the wheels from locking Braking gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated BAS PLUS Brake Assist PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist General information Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 BAS PLUS is only available on vehicles with the Driving Assistance package For BAS PLUS to assist you when driving the radar sensor system and the camera system must be operational With the help of a sensor system and a cam era system BAS PLUS can detect obstacles e that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time e that cross the path of your vehicle In addi
188. card Bluetooth e HD FM radio HD AM radio satellite audio radio If the Media Interface is available an e Media iPod can be connected directly to the USB COMAND media support audio CD MP3 i Music search using all media CD DVD video two connection options for USB or Media Interface e g iPod Sound system SD card Bluetooth audio Audio 20 media support if a single drive is available audio CD and MP3 CD two connection options for USB or Media Audio 20 COMAND operating system and the track of tropical cyclones hurri canes tornadoes e Vehicle functions Vehicle settings e g fuel consumption 360 camera Rear view camera Seat functions e Favorites button if available Fast access to favorites functions using the favorites button on the controller You can select from the following sound systems harman kardon Logic7 surround sound system Bang amp Olufsen BeoSound AMG sound system COMAND e Navigation system Navigation via the hard drive COMAND Navigation via an SD card if available for Audio 20 Destination entry e g using keyword search COMAND Display Realistic 3D map with textured city mod els General notes H Do not use the space in front of the dis play for storage Objects placed here could damage the display or impair its function Personal POls and routes using SD mem ory card COMAND Navigation functions e g compass dis
189. ce it if nec essary gt page 93 If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 96 or lock gt page 96 the vehicle using the mechanical key There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Unlock gt page 96 or lock gt page 96 the vehicle using the mechanical key KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey gt Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop If the vehicle can also not be locked unlocked using the remote control function gt Unlock gt page 96 or lock gt page 96 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work shop gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well Problem You have lost the mechanical key The engine cannot be started using the SmartKey The engine cannot be started using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey is in the vehicle Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well the on board voltage is too low gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior lighting and try to start the engine again If this does not work gt
190. ce without delay e Change out of clothing contaminated with DEF immediately H Only use DEF in accordance with ISO 22241 Do not mix any additives with DEF and do not dilute DEF with water This may destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas after treatment system H Rinse surfaces that have come into con tact with DEF immediately with water or remove DEF using a damp cloth and cold water If the DEF has already crystallized use a sponge and cold water to clean it DEF tga Refueling residues crystallize after time and contam inate the affected surfaces H DEF is not a fuel additive and must not be added to the fuel tank If DEF is added to the fuel tank this can lead to engine dam age H Only screw on the DEF refill bottle hand tight It could otherwise be damaged The DEF filler neck is under the trunk floor gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the trunk gt Lift up the trunk floor gt page 248 gt Turn DEF cap Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Turn DEF filler cap 2 counter clockwise and open it Filler cap is secured with a plastic strip gt Unscrew the protective cap from DEF refill bottle gt Set DEF refill bottle as shown on the filler neck and screw it clockwise until it is hand tight gt Press DEF refill bottle downwards The DEF tank is filled This may take up to one minute To top up between service intervals fill the DEF tank with approximately 1 gal
191. cessnvsssvstacneecashsveees 142 Engaging park position automati GAY sescccceseccsnessnssscnccecteaseesslessatenets 143 Engaging reverse gear ecs 143 Engaging the park position 143 KiGkdOWil scsi tierce 144 Manual drive program sses 144 Manual drive program AMG vehi E E E E 144 OVOIVIOW siise entie as 142 Problem malfunction cee 144 Program selector button 144 Pulling AWAY ecsccecacsssdesceccctesececsis ectes 140 Selector lever sssini 142 Starting the Engine c0 ecsseseces 140 Steering wheel paddle shifters 144 Transmission position display 142 Transmission position display DIRECT SELECT lever 0 143 Transmission positions 0 144 Automatic transmission emer gency mode l 144 C Back button 60c6 scecsesecesnsecacosncesss 222 BAS Brake Assist System 76 BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist FUNCtION NOTES ceseeseceeesseeeeeeee 76 Important safety notes eee 77 Battery SmartKey CIECKINS ereinen na E 93 REPIACINS ssisssspscte d eceeesbeste nesta leeeeses 93 Battery vehicle CHang as esacciesctedelecceecaedevecsiettonss 278 Important safety notes 0 0 0 275 JUMP Starting isisi rn 279 Belt see Seat belts Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating 190 Activating deactivating on board COMPUTET erse eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 190 Notes fUNCtION ssesssisessssississs
192. cident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS and ESP are not available due to a malfunction Therefore BAS BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVEN TION ASSIST PLUS EBD PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also unavailable ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions a ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of The yellow ESP warn skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin ing lamp flashes while Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated the vehicle is in motion gt When pulling away only
193. cles make sure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers e g due to high voltage For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use batteries which have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz These batteries provide increased impact protection to prevent vehi cle occupants from suffering acid burns should the battery be damaged in the event of an accident In order for the battery to achieve the maxi mum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged The vehicle battery like other batteries can discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery discon nected at a qualified specialist workshop You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact a qualified specialist workshop for further infor mation Have the battery condition of charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period Consult a qualified spe i Roadside Assistance Battery vehicle E Roadside Assistance cialist workshop if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power f the power supply has been
194. cscisrsisiisssss 168 Important safety notes 168 Problem malfunction 170 Range of the sensors ceeee 169 Warning display ssec 170 PASSENGER AIR BAG Display message ecce 198 Problems malfunction 004 198 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Indicator lamp eeeeeesseeeseeseeeeeeees 49 Pets in the vehicle eee 75 Phone book see also Digital Operator s Man Mel E AE E ss desu semcsenere sear 214 Phone call Dialing einser 232 Plastic hooks o e 242 Plastic trim cleaning instruc r EE 268 Power washers ee 268 Power windows see Side windows PRE SAFE anticipatory occupant protection Display MeSSage niesiu onin 191 Operation accesses cesses 66 PRE SAFE Brake Activating deactivating 0 190 Display Message seeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 FUNCtION NOTES cssc carrerons 84 Important safety notes eee 85 Warning lamp seeeseeeeeeereeereeeeees 210 PRE SAFE PLUS anticipatory occupant protection PLUS Operationen wetness 67 Program selector button 144 Protection against theft ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 87 IMMODIIZEL ssisssssissrisissssissssssssessisisss 87 Protection of the environment General notes cccccccesssseeeesreneeees 27 Pulling away Automatic transmission 0 140 General notes cccccseeesseeeeeeeees 140 QR code Mercedes Benz Guide App 0 1 RESCUG card ccc cecccsliescsssseceetecetesse
195. ctivate SPORT handling mode in the sit uations described in the following Z WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain In the following situations it may be better to activate SPORT handling mode or deactivate ESP e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel e on specially designated roads when the vehicle s own oversteering and understeer ing characteristics are desired Driving in SPORT handling mode or without ESP requires an extremely qualified and experienced driver Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin Deactivating activating ESP gt To activate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up The SPORT handling mode message appears in the multifunction display gt To deactivate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The srort SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out SPORT gt To deactivate ESP press but
196. cts new wheels or new sensors As long as a clear allocation of the tire pressure value to the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active display message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored If an emergency spare wheel is mounted the system may continue to show the tire pres sure of the wheel that has been removed for a few minutes If this occurs note that the value displayed for the position where the spare wheel is mounted is not the same as the cur rent tire pressure of the emergency spare wheel Tire pressure monitor warning mes sages If the tire pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display and the yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp comes on e Ifthe Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low and must be corrected at the next oppor tunity e Ifthe Check Tires message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly and the tires must be checked e If the Warning Tire Malfunction mes sage appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly and the tires must be checked Observe the instructions and safety notes in the display messages in the Tires section page 200 If the wh
197. cturer s operat ing instructions Audio 20 COMAND is displayed with the name MB Bluetooth in the mobile phone s device list gt Select MB Bluetooth A prompt appears in the Audio 20 COMAND display asking whether the mobile phone should be authorized gt Audio 20 COMAND select Yes If No is selected the procedure is canceled If your mobile phone supports Secure Sim ple Pairing a code is now displayed on both devices The code is the same gt Audio 20 COMAND select Yes gt Mobile phone confirm the code Depend ing on the mobile phone used you may have to confirm the connection to Audio 20 COMAND as well as confirm for the PBAP and MAP Bluetooth profiles The prompt to confirm may take up to two minutes to be displayed You may also save the confirmation on the mobile phone see the manufacturer s operating instructions The mobile phone is now authorized and connected to Audio 20 COMAND You can now speak using the hands free system The code is different gt Audio 20 COMAND select No The process is canceled Repeat the pro cedure If your mobile phone does not support Secure Simple Pairing you can find more information about connecting the mobile phone in the Digital Operator s Manual Reconnecting automatically Audio 20 COMAND always searches for the last connected mobile phone If no connection can be made to the most recently connected mobile phone the system searches for the mobil
198. culates the brake force necessary if e you approach an obstacle and e BAS PLUS has detected a risk of collision When driving at a speed under 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal BAS PLUS is activated The increase in brake Driving safety systems Safety Heal pressure will be carried out at the last possi ble moment When driving at a speed above 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal sharply BAS PLUS automatically raises the brake pressure to a value adapted to the traf fic situation BAS PLUS provides braking assistance in haz ardous situations with vehicles in front within a speed range between 4 mph 7 km h and 155 mph 250 km h Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph 70 km h BAS PLUS may react to e stationary objects in the path of your vehi cle e g stopped or parked vehicles e pedestrians in the path of your vehicle e objects crossing your path and that are recognized in the detection range of the sensors f BAS PLUS demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger pro tection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking BAS PLUS is deactivated and the brakes func tion as usual if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer a risk of collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle e you depress
199. d press the controller A message is displayed that Bluetooth must be activated on the mobile phone and must be made visible to other devices gt To select Start Search press the con troller The available mobile phones are displayed in the device list The duration of the search depends on the number of Bluetooth telephones within range and their characteristics If a new phone is found it appears in the device list with the g symbol You can now authorize connect the mobile phone found gt page 229 If the device list is already full you will be requested to de authorize a mobile phone gt page 231 Audio 20 COMAND operating system Ee When you call up the device list again de authorized devices will be removed from the list To update the device list start the search again Symbols in the device list Sym Explanation bol g New mobile phone found not yet authorized dv Mobile phone is authorized but is not connected e Mobile phone is authorized and connected Authorizing a mobile phone connect ing Authorization via Secure Simple Pairing Once Audio 20 COMAND has found your mobile phone you can authorize connect it gt To select a mobile phone from the device list turn the controller and press to con firm A code is displayed in Audio 20 COMAND and on the mobile phone The code is the same gt Audio 20 COMAND select Yes g
200. d than to have it towed away If the vehicle has suffered transmission dam age have it transported on a transporter or trailer The automatic transmission must be in posi tion N when the vehicle is being towed The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise you e cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e cannot shift the automatic transmission to position N In the event of damage to the electrical system If the battery is defective the automatic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic transmission to position z Towing and tow starting N you must provide power to the vehicle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 279 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer Disarm the automatic locking feature gt page 95 You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle Installing the towing eye Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe may be very hot There is a risk of burns when removing the rear cover Do not touch the exhaust pipe Take particular care when removing the rear cover Towing eye covers example Sedan The mountings for the removable towing eyes are located in the bumpers They are at the front and at the rear behind the covers gt Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool kit gt page 270 gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards in the direction of the arrow
201. d by the tire pressure warning lamp flashing for approx imately one minute and then remaining lit When the malfunction has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those meas ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure val ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio trans mitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be being operated in or near the vehicle Checking the tire pressure electroni cally gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 137 gt Pressthe lt or buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display If the vehicle has been parked for over 20 minutes the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes message appears After a teach in process the tire pressure monitor automatically dete
202. d gener ally does not constitute a health hazard but it may cause short term breathing difficulties in people with asthma or other respiratory prob lems To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle or open the windows as soon as it is safe to do so Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension ing Devices ETDs contain perchlorate mate rial which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guide lines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm restraint system warn Method of operation During the first stage of a collision the restraint system control unit evaluates impor tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler ation or acceleration such as e duration e direction e intensity Based on the evaluation of this data the restraint system control unit triggers the Emergency Tensioning Devices during a fron tal or rear collision An Emergency Tensioning Device can only be triggered if e the ignition is switched on e the components of the restraint system are operational see Restraint system warning lamp gt page 49 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the respective front passenger seat The Emergency Tensioning Devices in the rear compartment are triggered independ ently of the lock status of the seat belts If the restraint system control unit detects a more severe acciden
203. d maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front e avoid frequent sudden acceleration and braking Introduction e change gear in good time and use each gear only up to of its maximum engine speed e switch off the engine in stationary traffic e keep an eye on the vehicle s fuel consump tion Environmental concerns and recom mendations Wherever the operating instructions require you to dispose of materials first try to regen erate or re use them Observe the relevant environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials In this way you will help to protect the environment Genuine Mercedes Benz parts Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts H Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi ces as well as control units and sensors for these restraint systems may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle e doors e door pillars e door sills e seats e cockpit e instrument cluster e center console Do not install accessories such as audio systems in these areas Do not carry out repairs or welding You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint sys tems Have aftermarket accessories installed at a qualified specialist workshop You could jeopardize the operating safety of your vehicle if you use parts tir
204. d out at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz If the driver s air bag deploys this does not mean that the front passenger front air bag will also deploy The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the occupant in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated System self test DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up during the system self test then the system is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag might be trig gered unintentionally or might not be trig gered at all in the event of an accident with high deceleration This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury In this case the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occu pant Classification System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified spe cialist workshop DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit after the system self test the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident In this case the front passenger front air bag cannot perform its intended protective func tion e g when a person is seated in the front passenger seat
205. damage to the vehicle deacti vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func tion in the following or other similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash If you fail to adapt your driving style DISTRONIC PLUS can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions DISTRONIC PLUS is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in Driving systems i Driving and parking 6 Driving systems Cruise control lever Driving and parking front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front e g motorcycles or vehicles driving on a different line In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages If DISTRONIC PLUS
206. dan Cargo tie down rings Wagon On vehicles without a through loading feature in the rear bench seat six plastic hooks are installed to the trunk floor EASY PACK cargo compartment cover Wagon Important safety notes Z WARNING On its own the cargo compartment cover cannot secure or restrain heavy objects items of luggage and heavy loads You could be hit by an unsecured load during sudden changes in direction braking or in the event of an accident There is an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping over e g by using tie downs even if you are using the cargo compartment cover H When loading the vehicle make sure that you do not stack the load in the cargo com partment higher than the lower edge of the side windows Do not place heavy objects on top of the cargo compartment cover The cargo compartment cover and the cargo net are attached to anchorages on the right and left in the cargo compartment as a com bined cargo cover and net When the tailgate is opened the cargo com partment cover is automatically raised to make loading easier It is automatically low ered again when the tailgate is closed When the cargo compartment cover is clip ped in there should be no objects obstructing the downwards movement of the cover in the cargo compartment when the tailgate is closed
207. ded it is safe to do so For DISTRONIC PLUS to assist you when driv ing the radar sensor system must be switched on and operational see Radar sen sor system in the index DISTRONIC PLUS operates in range between O mph 0 km h and 120 mph 200 km h Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS while driving on roads with steep gradients As DISTRONIC PLUS transmits radar waves it can resemble the radar detectors of the responsible authorities You can refer to the relevant chapter in the Operator s Manual if questions are asked about this USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modificati
208. der settings appears gt Set access data gt page 234 gt To confirm settings select Confirm Set tings and turn and press the controller fy Audio 20 COMAND Pa Audio 20 COMAND operating system Audio 20 COMAND The access data for the mobile phone net work provider is selected once for the mobile phone connected and is loaded again each time the mobile phone is connected You must set the access data of the mobile phone network provider who provides the SIM card and the associated data package access settings for the connected mobile phone The access data remains the same when you are in a different country roaming The access data of another network is not selected Setting access data Set the access data in accordance with your data package You can contact your mobile phone network provider to obtain the precise access data Explanation of the access data Input field Phone Num ber Access Point PDP Type Meaning Access number for estab lishing the connection The access number depends on the mobile phone used For GSM UMTS mobile phones QQ is used as a standard APN network access point Access Point Name You can obtain this infor mation from your mobile phone network provider Entry is not necessary for all mobile phone network providers and mobile phones Internet protocol used You can obtain this infor mation from your mobile phone netw
209. ding sunroof after switching off the engine or removing the SmartKey from the ignition lock This function remains active for five minutes or until you open a front door Resetting H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed fully after resetting con tact a qualified specialist workshop Reset the sliding sunroof if it does not move smoothly gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Raise the sliding sunroof fully at the rear gt page 107 gt Keep the B second gt Make sure that the sliding sunroof can be fully opened and closed again gt page 107 gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again switch pressed for another Overhead control panel To raise To open To close lower The panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel can only be operated when the roller sunblind is open gt To open and close turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press or pull the E sponding direction If you press the switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corre sponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again switch in the corre Important safety notes Z WARNING Parts of the body could become trapped between the roller sunblind and frame or slid ing sunroof during automatic openin
210. ditions described in the Activating deactivating SPORT handling mode section gt page 82 ad Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster i On board computer and displays Problem a ae z OFF The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running 2 The red restraint sys tem warning lamp is lit while the engine is run ning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PRE VENTION ASSIST PLUS PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system is faulty A WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction dis
211. driver more time to react to criti cal driving situations e can help the driver to avoid an accident or e reduces the effects of an accident The autonomous braking function is available in the following speed ranges e from 4 mph 7 km h to approx 65 mph 105 km h for moving objects e from 4 mph 7 km h to approx 31 mph 50 km h for stationary objects If the autonomous braking function requires a particularly high braking force preventative Driving safety systems A Y Ge N Ea Driving safety systems Safety J passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated simultaneously Adaptive Brake Assist Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis tance in hazardous situations at speeds above 4 mph 7 km h It uses radar sensor technology to assess the traffic situation WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situa tions In such cases Adaptive Brake Assist can e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result the Adaptive Brake Assist may not inter
212. ducts recommended by Mercedes Benz Damage which is caused by the use of products which have not been recommended is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty or goodwill ges tures They are listed in this Mercedes Benz Operator s Manual in the appropriate section Information on tested and approved products can be obtained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can recognize service products approved by Mercedes Benz by the following inscrip tion on the containers e MB Freigabe e g MB Freigabe 229 5 1 e MB Approval e g MB Approval 229 51 Other designations or recommendations indi cate a level of quality or a specification in accordance with an MB Sheet Number e g MB 229 5 They have not necessarily been approved by Mercedes Benz Other identifications for example e 0 W 30 e 5 W 30 e 5 W 40 Important safety notes O Technical data Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Le Technical data Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away fr
213. e This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Have the restraint system checked and repaired in a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is part of the Occupant Classification System OCS The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp informs you about the status of the front passenger front air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp e is lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident e does not light up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If inthe event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed Occupant safety ca Safety m el Occupant safety Safety WJ Depending on the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag must either be deactivated or enabled see the following points You must make sure of this both before and during a journey e Children in a child restraint system whether the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated depends on the installed child restraint system and the age and size of the child Therefore be sure to observe the notes on the Occupant Clas sification System OCS gt page 58 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 68 There you will also find instructions on rear ward and forward fac
214. e found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB BeVo 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Or con tact a qualified specialist workshop H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the engine cooling system is not sufficiently protected from corrosion and overheating Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Comply with the important safety precautions for service products when handling coolant gt page 337 The coolant is a mixture of water and anti freeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the cool ant during operation is approximately 266 F 130 C The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentra tion in the engine cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the engine cooling system against freezing down to approximately 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C Otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively Mercedes Benz recommends an antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accord ance with MB Specifications for Service Prod ucts 310 1 When the ve
215. e 37 mph 60 km h to 125 mph 200 km h range If ATTEN TION ASSIST detects typical indicators of fati gue or increasing lapses in concentration on the part of the driver it suggests taking a break Important safety notes ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not always recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system is not a substitute for a well rested and attentive driver The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is restricted and warnings may be delayed or not occur at all e if the length of the journey is less than approximately 30 minutes e if the road condition is poor e g if the sur face is uneven or if there are potholes e if there is a strong side wind e if you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e if you are predominantly driving at a speed below 37 mph 60 km h or above 124 mph 200 km h e if you are driving with the DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist activated e if the time has been set incorrectly e in active driving situations such as when you change lanes or change your speed ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con tinue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness again if e you switch off the engine e you take off your seat belt and open the driver s door e g for a change of drivers or to take a break Displaying the attention level Driving systems
216. e Brake Assist FUNGCHION NOLES 2sccsce s35ehetedeeedecxeteses Adaptive Damping System ADS Adaptive Highbeam Assist Display message eener Function NOtES s sensspsnesian Switching on off eeesescsceeneee Address book see also Digital Operator s Man all EEEE A E Air bags Deployment siresisciiiirissepr teia Display message cecce Front air bag driver front passenger vices sacvscvocaceseceseastersvsncodees Important safety notes eee IMEFODUCTION Ie PERE E E Kee bake ienna Occupant Classification System OCS ireen enirintan erosia PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tOr lamp cessieececscs cossescoccveacecassnevsseeses P IVIS air Dag siisii iseer Side impact air bag seee Window curtain air bag seee Air conditioning system see Climate control AIRMATIC FUNCTION NOLES lt ccccescsssscececsdscceeess Alarm ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Switching off ATA eeseeeeseeeneeees Switching the function on off ATA cess ety css etenee ee EREE EEEE Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Ambient lighting Setting the brightness on board COMPUTER srrseisisozerstsi ipee sts Setting the color on board com o0 E D E E T T AMG adaptive sport suspension SYSTEM peesi ni iinne rE EAEE EErEE AMG menu on board computer Animals in the vehicle 4 Anti lock braking system see ABS Anti lock Braking System Anti Theft Alarm system see ATA Anti T
217. e Digital Operator s Manual remains open in the background Protection of the environment General notes Q Environmental note Daimler s declared policy is one of compre hensive environmental protection The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this planet to be used sparingly and in a manner that takes the requirements of both nature and humanity into account You too can help to protect the environment by operating your vehicle in an environmen tally responsible manner Fuel consumption and the rate of engine transmission brake and tire wear are affected by these factors e operating conditions of your vehicle e your personal driving style You can influence both factors You should bear the following in mind Operating conditions e avoid short trips as these increase fuel con sumption e always make sure that the tire pressures are correct e do not carry any unnecessary weight e remove roof racks once you no longer need them e a regularly serviced vehicle will contribute to environmental protection You should therefore adhere to the service intervals e always have service work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Personal driving style e do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine e donot warm up the engine when the vehicle is stationary e drive carefully an
218. e Internet Set tings turn and press the controller The device list is displayed gt To select Search for Bluetooth Phone turn and press the controller Mobile phones are displayed that e are connected with Audio 20 COMAND e fulfill the conditions for the Internet func tions e have not yet been set up for the Internet function Audio 20 COMAND operating system z Search for Phane PR SPS gt To select a mobile phone from the device list turn the controller and press to con firm If the mobile phone supports the Blue tooth PAN profile Internet access is set up You can use the Internet functions If the connected mobile phone does not support the named Bluetooth profile pre defined gt page 233 or personalized access data gt page 233 must be set Setting access data of the mobile phone network provider Selecting the predefined access data of the mobile phone network provider gt Toselect Predefined Settings turn and press the controller A list of countries appears gt To select Confirm Settings turn and press the controller If the mobile phone network provider pro vides multiple access data options the rele vant access data still has to be selected This depends on the data package used for exam ple Manually setting the access data of the mobile phone network provider gt To select Manual Settings turn and press the controller An overview of the provi
219. e Q head down wards into recess 2 of the tire inflation compressor gt Remove the cap from valve on the faulty tire gt Screw filler hose 8 onto valve 7 gt Insert connector into a 12 V socket gt page 251 in your vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 137 gt Press on off switch 3 on the tire inflation compressor to I The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated First tire sealant is pumped into the tire The pressure can briefly rise to approx imately 500 kPa 5 bar 73 psi Do not switch off the tire inflation com pressor during this phase gt Allow the tire inflation compressor to run for five minutes The tire should then have attained a pressure of at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi If a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been attained after five minutes see Tire pressure reached gt page 274 If a tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been attained after five minutes see Tire pressure not reached gt page 274 If tire sealant leaks out allow it to dry It can then be removed like a layer of film If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant have them cleaned with perchloroethylene at a dry cleaner as soon as possible Tire pressure not reached If a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been attained after five minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt
220. e air This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard This would impair braking efficiency There is a risk of an accident You should have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals Comply with the important safety notes for service products when handling brake fluid gt page 337 The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Maintenance Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz according to MB Approval 331 0 Service products and filling capacities Information about approved brake fluid can be obtained at any qualified specialist work shop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Coolant Important safety notes Z WARNING If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Let the engine cool down before you add anti freeze Make sure that antifreeze is not spilled next to the filler neck Thoroughly clean the antifreeze from components before starting the engine H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Further information on coolants can b
221. e bodywork and axle components This could result in dam age to the tires or the vehicle Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires wheels or accessories other than those tes ted and approved Information on tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop Overview of abbreviations used in the follow ing tire tables e BA both axles e FA front axle e RA rear axle The recommended pressures for various operating conditions can be found e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Observe the notes on recommended tire pressures under various operating conditions gt page 291 Wheel and tire combinations Ea Check tire pressures regularly and only when the tires are cold Comply with the mainte nance recommendations of the tire manufac turer in the vehicle document wallet Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle with e tires of the same size on a given axle left right e the same type of tires at a given time sum mer tires winter tires MOExtended tires Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 272 Vehicles equipped wit
222. e engine is running the erake USA only or Canada only indicator lamp lights up in the instrument cluster gt To release depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Pull release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the erake USA only or Canada only indicator lamp goes out in the instrument cluster You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Important safety notes Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If you operate mobile communication equip ment while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate this equipment when the vehicle is stationary Observe the legal requirements for the coun try in which you are driving Some jurisdic tions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle If you make a call while driving always use hands free mode Only operate the telephone when the traffic situation permits If you are un
223. e fuel filler cap open the mm reserve fuel warning lamp flashes A message appears in the multifunction display gt page 191 gt Sedan open the trunk lid gt Slide down the parcel net gt Open the right hand side trim panel gt Detach the emergency release from retainer Q gt Pull the emergency release in the direction of arrow 2 The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap gt Wagon open the tailgate gt Open the right hand side trim panel gt Fold down the paneling Driving and parking Driving and parking tel Refueling gt Pull emergency release Q in the direction of the arrow The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap A U3 fll 2 fl Problems with fuel and the fuel tank Refueling ee This section provides descriptions of and solutions to safety relevant problems Descriptions of and solutions to further problems can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle Z WARNING Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty Risk of explosion or fire gt Apply the electric parking brake gt Switch off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey
224. e on snow covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires The braking distance is still much further than on surfaces that are not icy or covered with snow Take appropriate care when driving Further information on winter tires M S tires can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Temperature A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinfla tion or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi pate heat when tested under controlled con ditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law All about wheels and tires approved for your vehicle model Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle Overview Tire width Nominal aspect ratio in Tire code
225. e phone that was con nected before that one Switching between mobile phones If you have authorized more than one mobile phone you can switch between the individual phones gt To call up the telephone menu press the TEL button gt To show the menu bar slide the con troller gt To select Connect Device turn the con troller and press to confirm The device list is displayed gt To select the desired mobile phone turn and press the controller The selected mobile phone is searched for and connected if it is within Bluetooth range and if Bluetooth is activated Only one mobile phone can be connected at any one time The currently connected mobile phone is indicated by the e dot in the device list Audio 20 COMAND operating system You can only switch to another authorized mobile phone if you are not currently mak ing a call De authorizing disconnecting a mobile phone Mercedes Benz USA LLC recommends De authorization in Audio 20 COMAND and on the mobile phone Subsequent authorization may otherwise fail gt To call up the telephone menu press the TEL button gt To show the menu bar slide the con troller gt To select Connect Device turn the con troller and press to confirm gt To highlight the desired mobile phone in the device list turn the controller gt To select slide the controller gt To select Deauthorize turn
226. e raising the vehicle secure it from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks Never disen gage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised The jack must be placed on a firm flat and non slip surface On a loose surface a large flat load bearing underlay must be used On a slippery surface a non slip underlay must be used e g rubber mats Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack will not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity due to the restricted height Make sure that the distance between the underside of the tires and the ground does not exceed 1 2 in 3 cm e Never place your hands and feet under the raised vehicle e Do not lie under the vehicle e Do not start the engine when the vehicle is raised e Do not open or close a door or the trunk lid tailgate when the vehicle is raised e Make sure that no persons are present in the vehicle when the vehicle is raised AMG vehicles with Performance Studio equipment the wheel bolts are covered by a hub cap Before you can unscrew the wheel bolts you must remove the hub cap gt To remove turn the center cover of hub cap Q counter clockwise and remove gt To install before installing ensure that hub cap Q is in the open position To do this turn the center cover counter clock wise gt Position hub cap Q and turn the center cover clockwise until hub
227. e the braking system to fail There is a risk of an accident Never use the brake pedal as a footrest Never depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time Further information can be found in the Digi tal Operator s Manual Wet roads You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Limited braking performance on salt treated roads You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Servicing the brakes You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual AMG high performance and ceramic brakes You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Hydroplaning e Driving on flooded roads Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate ventilation is not possible poisonous gases such as carbon monoxide CO may enter the vehicle This is the case e g if the vehicle becomes trapped in snow There is a risk of fatal injury If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heating running make sure the ex
228. e the side window If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature Sliding sunroof Important safety notes Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sun roof A WARNING While opening and closing the sliding sunroof body parts in close proximity could become trapped There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the opening and closing pro cedures f If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped Z WARNING If children operate the sliding sunroof they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised
229. eating on off 116 Switching seat ventilation on off 116 Securing Cargo e 242 Selecting stations RAG Obs ec cseccscesecrteves E 235 Sensors cleaning instructions 268 Service menu on board com PUTET cits et ansneueiiatiace 190 Service products Brake fluid i sccccevecsiseasiconscocsveoss 342 Coolant engine sc cscc s eeetecezces 342 DEF special additives e 341 ENSUE Ol cieri ei chaseseeevatsiads 341 ells Meee EE EE E E 337 Important safety notes 0 0 337 Refrigerant air conditioning sys tE ea E E 344 Washer fluidic ecesicanteaatain 343 Setting access data Online and Internet eee 233 Setting the air distribution ws 133 Setting the airflow ee 133 Setting the date time format see also Digital Operator s Man Ual ssctivssienstiisteeessiiiasecveeeietieeaes 214 Setting the language see also Digital Operator s Man WU E 214 Setting the time see also Digital Operator s Man ual Settings Factory on board computer On board computer SETUP on board computer Side impact air bag Side marker lamp display mes sage Side windows Cleaning Important safety information Opening closing all Opening closing front Problem malfunction Resetting SIRIUS services see also Digital Operator s Man ual Sliding sunroof Important safety notes Opening closing Problem malfunction Resetting see Panorama roof with power tilt sliding pane
230. ect routing of Top Tether belt Wagon The Top Tether anchorages are located on the rear side of the rear seat backrests Seat gt Move head restraint Q upwards gt Remove combined cargo cover and net 3 gt page 243 gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Route Top Tether belt under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars gt Hook Top Tether hook into Top Tether anchorage 4 on the back of rear seat backrest 2 gt Make sure that Top Tether belt is not twisted gt Tension Top Tether belt Always comply with the child restraint system manufactur er s installation instructions when doing so gt Move head restraint Q back down again slightly if necessary gt page 116 Make sure that you do not interfere with the cor rect routing of Top Tether belt gt Install combined cargo cover and net gt page 243 Child restraint system on the front Passenger seat General notes Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install the child restraint system ona rear seat If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to ob
231. ections in the contents The Digital Operator s Manual is deacti vated for safety reasons while driving Digital Operator s Manual rs Calling up the Digital Operator s Man ual gt Press the e button in the center con sole The overview relating to the vehicle appears gt Select the Operator s Manual menu item by turning or pressing the con troller gt Confirm the message about the warning and safety notes The basic menu for the Digital Operator s Manual appears Operating the Digital Operator s Man ual General notes Please observe the information about the operation of the controller gt page 222 Content pages The content pages can be accessed by means of a visual search a keyword search or using the contents gt To scroll forwards backwards turn the controller gt To display in full screen or animation slide the controller to the left Ea Digital Operator s Manual gt To select information texts or save bookmarks slide the controller to the right gt To select a link slide the controller downwards gt To exit a content page select the symbol gt To call up the basic menu of the Digital Operator s Manual select 75 symbol gt To switch functions to Audio 20 or COMAND using the buttons on the cen ter console press the ranio TEL meni or navi button The selected menu appears Th
232. ed the Google Maps map shows the vicinity of the current vehicle position Pa Audio 20 COMAND Prerequisites For telephony via the Bluetooth interface you require a Bluetooth capable mobile phone The mobile phone must support Hands Free Profile 1 0 or above Activating Bluetooth in Audio 20 COMAND gt Press the e button in the center con sole The Vehicle menu appears gt To select System Settings slide turn and press the controller to confirm gt To select Activate Bluetooth turn and press the controller This switches Bluetooth on M or off O 28 Audio 20 COMAND operating system Audio 20 COMAND On the mobile phone gt Switch on the mobile phone and enter the PIN when prompted to do so see the man ufacturer s operating instructions gt Activate Bluetooth and if necessary Bluetooth visibility for other devices see the manufacturer s operating instructions This visibility is for restricted periods of time on some mobile phones see the man ufacturer s operating instructions gt Set the Bluetooth device name for the mobile phone if necessary The Bluetooth device names for all of one manufacturer s products might be identical To make it possible to clearly identify your mobile phone change the device name see the manufacturer s operating instructions The name can be freely selected If the mobile phone supports the PBAP Phone Book Access
233. ed you may have to con firm the connection to Audio 20 COMAND as well as confirm for the PBAP and MAP Bluetooth profiles The prompt to confirm may take up to two minutes to be dis played You may also save the confirmation on the mobile phone see the manufactur er s operating instructions The mobile phone is now authorized and connected to Audio 20 COMAND You can now speak using the hands free system Further information on setting the transmis sion and reception volume of the mobile phone can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual If the Authorization Failed message appears you may have entered a different passkey or exceeded the prescribed time limit Repeat the procedure Some mobile phones require a passkey with four or more digits If you wish to re authorize the mobile phone after de authorizing it you can choose another passkey for it Establishing the connection from the mobile phone The Bluetooth device name of Audio 20 COMAND is MB Bluetooth gt Audio 20 COMAND call up the telephone menu gt To switch to the menu bar slide 4 the controller gt To select Connect Device turn the con troller and press to confirm The device list is displayed gt To select Connect via Phone turn and press the controller A message is displayed stating that you can start the search on your mobile phone gt Mobile phone start the search for a Blue tooth device see manufa
234. ed between the side win dow and the door frame as the side window moves There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody touches the side win dow during the opening procedure If some body becomes trapped release the switch or pull the switch to close the side window again Z WARNING While closing the side windows body parts in the closing area could become trapped There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped release the switch or press the switch to open the side window again Z WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury Activate the override feature for the rear side windows When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi cle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The side windows are equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a side window during the closing process the side window opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing a side window WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e wh
235. ed in the front passenger footwell and on the left hand side of the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 238 and the safety notes regarding stowage spaces gt page 239 Through loading facility in the rear The through loading facility is opened from the trunk gt Fold down the rear seat armrest gt Press release catch Q The flap opens downwards Observe the loading guidelines gt page 238 Through loading facility in the rear bench seat Sedan Important safety notes Z WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold for wards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The seat belt can no longer offer the intended level of protection and could even cause injuries e Objects or loads in the trunk cannot be restrained by the seat backrest There is an increased risk of injury b gt Stowage areas ES 7 Stowage and features ad Stowage areas Stowage and features Before every trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged Observe the loading guidelines gt page 238 The left hand and right hand rear seat backr ests can be folded down separately to increase the trunk capacity Folding the seat backrest forward Vehicl
236. eded e using engine oil additives gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark 3 abs Do not add too much oil adding too much or below add 1 1 US qt 1 0 liter engine oil engine oil can result in damage to the Engine compartment cE engine or to the catalytic converter Have A WARNING excess engine oil siphoned off The engine cooling system is pressurized par ticularly when the engine is warm When opening the cap you could be scalded by hot coolant spraying out There is a risk of injury Let the engine cool down before opening the cap Wear eye and hand protection when opening the cap Open the cap slowly half a turn to allow pressure to escape Example oO gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove S it gt Add engine oil z If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark on bi the oil dipstick add 1 1 US qt 1 0 I of X engine oil 5 gt Replace cap on the filler neck and turn park the vehicle on a level surface T clockwise r Only check the coolant level when the vehi T Ensure that the cap locks inte place cle is on a level surface and the engine has securely ae a cooled down een an a pie aa gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni a i i i tion lock gt page 137 Further information on engine oil On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the gt page 341 Start Stop button twice gt page 138 gt Check the coolant temperature display in Fi the instru
237. eds for the first 1000 miles 1500 km e Avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throt tle during this period ra Notes on breaking in a new vehicle e Change gear in good time before the tach ometer needle is 7 3 of the way to the red area of the tachometer e Try to avoid depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the point of resistance kick down Additional breaking in notes for AMG vehi cles e Do not drive faster than 85 mph 140 km h for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km e Only allow the engine to reach a maximum engine speed of 4 500 rpm briefly e Change gear in good time After 1000 miles 1500 km you can increase the engine speed gradually and accelerate the vehicle to full speed You should also observe these notes on breaking in if the engine or parts of the drive train on your vehicle have been replaced Always observe the respective maximum permissible speed Your vehicle is equipped with a self locking differential on the rear axle Change the oil to improve protection of the rear axle differential e after a breaking in period of 1 850 miles 3 000 km e every 31 000 miles 50 000 km or 3 years These oil changes prolong the service life of the differential Have the oil change carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Important safe Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety o
238. eed To deactivate cruise control To activate at the current speed last stored speed When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the multifunction display for five seconds Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Activation conditions e Storing maintaining and calling up a speed e Setting a speed e Deactivating cruise control DISTRONIC PLUS General notes DISTRONIC PLUS regulates the speed and automatically helps you maintain the dis tance to the vehicle detected in front Vehi cles are detected with the aid of the radar sensor system DISTRONIC PLUS brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Change into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients This is espe cially important if the vehicle is laden By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically DISTRONIC PLUS cannot pre vent a collision without your intervention An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster Brake immediately in order to increase the distance to the vehicle in front or take evasive action provi
239. eees 239 Cup holders geeniseen 251 Display Message s es 191 Eyeglasses compartment 239 GOVE DOX PEE EAA EAE 239 Important safety information 239 REAR eerie Ea tases 239 Stowage net ee ceeeeesersceeeeceeteeeeees 239 Under driver s seat front passenger SEAL isser 239 Stowage net ec ceceeeeteeeeteeees 239 Stowage well beneath the trunk MIG o ssccascevcotacedcecesestscdcceleaeteedvessveedsevdes Summer tires SUM VISOP sisi is cecsesescosecedvescacseseessesvseevs Surround lighting on board com PULSE aaen neer tects eels 190 Suspension tuning AIRMATIG lt stccassecctncstarcceatesceanestoes 167 SETUP on board computer 190 Switching air recirculation mode ON OFF oes ccseessecscee estes esaeeeies 133 Tachometer o 188 Tail lamps Display MeSSage eeeeeseeseeeeees 191 Tailgate Display MESSage csecsen 201 Emergency unlocking seee 103 Important safety notes eee 96 Limiting the opening angle 102 Opening dimensions e eee 344 Opening closing automatically TPOTM INSICE ssccssccsctesesciceesseeiaecsteces 101 Opening closing automatically TPOTIV OULSIGE ossicles 98 Opening closing from outside 97 Tank see Fuel tank Tank content Fuel SAUBC 2 i5icccscsccsnesebsseceszesasesocesse 37 Technical data CapacitleS csc scessccdiecdecell 337 Emergency spare wheel sio GOZ Information assener 334 TRS WHEEIS eetseseees
240. eel positions on the vehicle are rota ted the tire pressures may be displayed for the wrong positions for a short time This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the cor rect positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor When you restart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the refer ence values for monitoring In most cases the tire pressure monitor will automatically detect the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure However you can also define reference values manually as described here The tire pressure monitor then monitors the new tire pressure values gt Set the tire pressure to the value recom mended for the corresponding driving sit uation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar gt page 291 Additional tire pressure values for different loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 291 gt Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on all four wheels gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The multifunction display show
241. eering maneuvers and or when the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci dent contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Do not drive any further You should have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop For further information about ABS and ESP see gt page 75 and gt page 80 Z WARNING Electrostatic build up can lead to the creation of sparks which could ignite the highly explo sive gases of a battery There is a risk of an explosion Before handling the battery touch the vehicle body to remove any existing electrostatic build up The highly flammable gas mixture forms when charging the battery as well as when jump starting Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged A build up of electrostatic charge can be caused for example e by wearing clothing made from synthetic fibers e due to friction between clothing and seats Battery vehicle e if you push or pull the battery across the carpet or other synthetic materials e if you wipe the battery with a cloth Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produ ces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not co
242. efueling Process oo eeeeseeereeeees 146 see Fuel Remote control Garage door Opener eeeeeeeeseeeee 256 Programming garage door OPERET cveciescvivecsvechcasseseeuscesecessoeeats 257 Replacing bulbs Important safety notes 0 0 123 Overview of bulb types s 124 Reporting safety defects 0 32 RESCUG c rd issic 33 Reserve fuel tank see Fuel Reserve fuel Display message eccere 191 Warning lampo ieee ennes 202 see Fuel Residual heat climate control 133 Restraint system Display message s e 195 Introduction varvcizeescctessessssdecoosezetis ed 48 Warning lamp vive cosecscocesecesss cosavencee 208 Warning lamp function eee 49 Reverse gear Engaging automatic transmis SHON EEEE A AE E 142 Reversing feature Panorama sliding sunroof Roller SUNDIINdS eessen Side WINGOWS cccscceceseeeeeteeeeeees Sliding sunroof Trunk lid tailgate Reversing lamps display mes SAGE cresine Roadside Assistance breakdown 29 Roller sunblind Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel eee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 108 Rear side WINdOWS n 251 REA WINDOW scssseessecetcesscoestedezeseses 251 Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines oo eee eseeeeeeneeeneeeees 268 Roof load maximum 06 344 Route navigation see Route guidance navigation Route guidance see also Digital Operator s Man Mell EEEE EE EE E EEE 214 Route
243. eing scratched when loading gt Open the EASY PACK folding luggage com partment floor gt page 249 gt Use tab 2 to detach EASY PACK rear sill protector Q from the magnets and place it over the loading sill gt Close the EASY PACK folding cargo com partment floor Important safety notes Z WARNING When you load the roof the center of gravity of the vehicle rises and the driving character istics change If you exceed the maximum roof load the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking will be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Never exceed the maximum roof load and adjust your driving style HM Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use roof carriers that have been tested and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles This helps to prevent damage to the vehi cle Position the load on the roof carrier in such a way that the vehicle will not sustain dam age even when it is in motion Ensure that when the roof carrier is instal led e you can raise the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel fully depending on the vehicle s equipment e you can open the tailgate or trunk lid fully e the roof carrier does not come into con tact with the antenna E To avoid damaging or scratching the cov ers do not use metallic or hard objects to open them You will find information on the maximum roof load in the Technical data section gt page 344
244. el gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 137 gt Press on off switch on the tire inflation compressor to I The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated The tire pressure is shown on pressure gauge 3 gt Inflate the tire to the specified tire pres sure The specified tire pressure is printed on the yellow label of the emergency spare wheel gt When the specified tire pressure has been reached press on off switch on the electric air pump to 0 The tire inflation compressor is switched off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock gt If the tire pressure is higher than the speci fied pressure press pressure release valve button 2 until the correct tire pressure has been reached gt Unscrew air hose union nut Q from the valve gt Screw the cap onto the valve of the col lapsible spare wheel again gt Stow connector and the hose in the lower section of the tire inflation compres sor gt Stow the tire inflation compressor in the vehicle P Wheels and tires 332 a Wheels and tires Emergency spare wheel All vehicles except AMG vehicles Minispare emergency spare wheel Models with 4 cylinder engine Alloy wheels 4 0Bx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 54 in 39 mm Models with 6 cylinder engine Alloy wheels 4 0 Bx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 34 in 34 mm Models with 8 cylinder engine Alloy wheels 4
245. ement of the garage door can become trapped or struck by the garage door There is a risk of injury When using the integrated garage door opener always make sure that nobody is within the range of movement of the garage door Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Programming Programming buttons Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 257 Garage door remote control is not inclu ded with the integrated garage door opener gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 137 gt Select one of buttons to to use to control the garage door drive gt To start programming mode press and hold one of buttons to on the inte grated garage door opener The garage door opener is now in program ming mode After a short time indicator lamp lights up yellow Indicator lamp lights up yellow as soon as button 2 or is programmed for the first time If the selected button has already been programmed indicator lamp will only light up yellow after ten seconds have elapsed gt Release button 2 or Indicator lamp flashes yellow gt To program the remote control point garage door remote control towards buttons 2 t
246. emove the seat cushions of the folding bench seat see the Digital Opera tor s Manual keyword Folding bench seat cargo compartment Vehicles with a spare wheel Minispare emergency spare wheel h rq E g Example equipment and country specific varia tions possible Vehicle tool kit tray Stowage well Spare wheel Minispare emergency spare wheel gt Open the trunk lid tailgate gt Sedan lift up the floor of the trunk gt page 248 gt Wagon remove the seat cushions of the folding bench seat see the Digital Opera tor s Manual keyword Folding bench seat cargo compartment The vehicle tool kit contains e Folding wheel chock e Fuse allocation chart Jack e Alignment bolt e One pair of gloves e Lug wrench e Towing eye Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel Example equipment and country specific varia tions possible Towing eye One pair of gloves Jack Folding wheel chock Alignment bolt Sheet for faulty wheel Tire inflation compressor Lug wrench Fuse allocation chart gt Open the trunk lid tailgate gt Sedan lift up the floor of the trunk gt page 248 gt Wagon remove the seat cushions of the folding bench seat see the Digital Opera tor s Manual keyword Folding bench seat cargo compartment Preparing the vehicle Your vehicle may be equipped with e MOExtended tires tires with run flat prop erti
247. en closing the side window again man ually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If someone becomes trapped press the switch to open the side window again sce vinsows oe In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Opening and closing the side windows e Convenience opening e Convenience closing feature e Resetting the side windows Opening and closing E te Sliding sunroof Problems with the side windows Opening and closing hel Z WARNING If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the side window closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area To stop the closing process release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window Problem A side window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects e g leaves in the window guide A side window cannot be closed and you can not see the cause Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Remove the objects gt Clos
248. eneral notes GVW Gross Vehicle Weight def IMON Ssic5 avesess exccveseececvest seshevieeeseess 307 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat IN definition 0 ssscececesosecesne 307 Important safety notes 288 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition 307 Information on driving seee 288 Kilopascal kPa definition 307 Labeling overview sssr 303 Load bearing index definition 308 Load index sissies A 305 Load index definition 307 Maximum load on a tire defini TI OM a E E sve cestsecaessetess 308 Maximum loaded vehicle weight definition sisstin 307 Maximum permissible tire pres s re definition scs cess deesbescsveceees 308 Maximum tire load ssec 305 Maximum tire load definition 308 MOEXtended tires seee 290 Optional equipment weight defi MILIOMN EE EE E EEA 308 PSI pounds per square inch def IMIEIGIN A edecedveites sveecteecnceses Replacing ii cise hades SEVICE lif Eesmine Sidewall definition eee Speed rating definition STOTINE sececsceepsccceccactestesneceeeees Structure and characteristics definition Temperature TIN Tire Identification Number definition esei canes 308 Tire bead definition eee 308 Tire pressure definition 308 Tire pressures recommended 307 Tire SiZ data osese 314 Tire size designation load bearing Capacity speed ratin
249. engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci dent situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Pelvis air bags Z WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte grated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Pelvis air bags Q deploy below next to the outer seat cushions When activated the pelvis air bag enhances the level of protection of the vehicle occu pants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs Occupant safety The pelvis air bag is deployed on the side of the impact The pelvis air bag on the front passenger side does not deploy under the following condi tions e OCS has detected that the front passenger seat is unoccupied e the front passenger seat belt is not fas tened If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the pelvis air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci de
250. er 50 mph 80 km h The Raised level remains active when you are not driving within these speed ranges Setting the normal level gt Start the engine If indicator lamp Q is lit gt Press button Indicator lamp Q goes out The vehicle is adjusted to normal level Suspension tuning General notes You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual AMG adaptive sport suspension sys tem Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Vehicle level e Rear axle level control e Suspension tuning Driving and parking Important safety notes Z WARNING When the vehicle is being lowered people could become trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle body and the wheels or underneath the vehicle There is a risk of injury Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the wheel arches when the vehicle is being lowered Z WARNING Vehicles with level control The vehicle is slightly lowered if e you have selected comfort suspension tun ing and e you lock the vehicle within approximately 60 seconds of switching off the engine You and people in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the underbody may thus become trap ped There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the underbody when you lock the vehicle cel Drivin
251. er radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line e new vehicles or after a service on the COL LISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS system Observe the notes in the section on break ing in gt page 136 Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Distance warning function General information The distance warning function can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If the distance warning function detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 75 A WARNING The distance warning function does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering Thus the distance warning function cannot provide a warning in all critical situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Z WARNING The distance warning function c
252. er than stated in the Maintenance Booklet It is possible that the residual heat func tion may be activated automatically an hour after the SmartKey is removed The vehicle is then ventilated for 30 minutes to dry the automatic climate control Overview of climate control systems Control panel for dual zone automatic climate control Po HHEF7 JN Canada only Switches air recirculation mode on off Defrosts the windshield Switches the ZONE function on off Display Sets climate control to automatic Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off Switches the rear window defroster on off Activates deactivates the air conditioning Sets the temperature right Sets the air distribution Sets the airflow Sets the temperature left Climate control E Pii POTS USA only Sets climate control to automatic Defrosts the windshield Switches the ZONE function on off Switches air recirculation mode on off Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or off Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off Switches the rear window defroster on off Overview of climate control systems Activates deactivates the air conditioning Sets the temperature right Sets the air distribution Sets the airflow Sets the temperature left Display Control panel for 3 zone automatic climate control Climate control et aE POT LJ Canada only Front control panel
253. es If you fail to adapt your driving style cruise control can neither reduce the risk of an acci dent nor override the laws of physics Cruise control cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control is only an aid You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane bo io ty a Ee bo gt m fa Driving systems bo pm sed Qa xe S a bo Q Do not use cruise control e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again Cruise control lever To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce sp
254. es gt page 272 Flat tire Vehicle preparation is not necessary on vehicles with MOExtended tires e a TIREFIT kit gt page 270 e an emergency spare wheel gt page 329 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Information on changing mounting a wheel gt page 309 gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground as far away as possible from traffic gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt If possible bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Vehicles with AIRMATIC make sure that normal level is selected gt page 166 gt Switch off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 138 gt Make sure that the passengers are not endangered as they do so Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed Anyone who is not directly assisting in the wheel c
255. es and wheels as well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes This could lead to malfunctions in safety rel evant systems e g the brake system Use only genuine Mercedes Benz parts or parts of equal quality Only use tires wheels and accessories that have been specifically approved for your vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject to strict quality control Every part has been spe cifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used More than 300 000 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers main tain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addi tion strategically located parts delivery cen ters provide quick and reliable parts service Always specify the vehicle identification num ber VIN when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts gt page 336 Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of going to print Country specific differences are possi ble Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and func tions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown i
256. es with memory function when you fold one or both parts of the rear seat back rest forwards the respective front seat moves forward slightly when necessary in order to avoid contact gt Vehicles without memory function if nec essary move the driver s or front passenger seat forward gt Open the trunk gt Pull right hand or left hand rear seat back rest release handle Q The corresponding rear seat backrest is released The rear seat head restraints are lowered LPs 17 3741 gt Fold rear seat backrest 2 forwards gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Folding the seat backrest back HM Make sure that the seat belt does not become trapped when folding the rear seat backrest back Otherwise it could be dam aged gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Fold rear seat backrest Q back until it engages If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and locked this will be shown in the multifunc tion display in the instrument cluster A warning tone also sounds gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary You should always engage the rear seat backrests if you do not need the through loading feature This will prevent unauthor ized access to the trunk from the vehicle interior _EASY PACK through loading facility ir _the rear bench seat Wagon Impor
257. esents a load range that e AMG vehicles with Performance Package depends on the maximum load that the tire Sedan 186 mph 300 km h can carry at a certain pressure The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi tory may be higher than the maximum speed ate from the data in the example that the electronic speed limiter permits Make sure that your tires have the required Maximum load rating speed rating e g when buying new tires The required speed rating for your vehicle can be found in the Tires section gt page 314 Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop 1 Wheels and tires Maximum tire load is the maximum per missible weight for which the tire is approved Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi 1 OrM S 4 for winter tires b All about wheels and tires L Wheels and tires ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 298 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration DOT Tire Identification Number TIN US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manufacturer or retreader must imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN enables the tire manuf
258. essure inside the tire applying an outward force to every square inch of the tire s sur face The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be correc ted when the tires are cold Cold tire pressure The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km Tread The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road Bead The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely on the wheel There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from the wheel rim Sidewall The part of the tire between the tread and the bead Weight of optional extras The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard parts and more than 2 3 kg 5 Ibs These optional extras such as high performance brakes level control a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accesso ries TIN Tire Identification Number This is a unique identifier which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date Load bearing index The load bea
259. etcemeteesese 216 Information Provided by 6 DEALER Q a lt x Oo O SS 2 N 2 me lt x Ea Important safety notes Audio 20 COMAND General notes The Audio 20 COMAND section in these operating instructions describes the basic operating principles More information can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Important safety notes A WARNING Modifications to electronic components their software as well as wiring can impair their function and or the function of other net worked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as inten ded and or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle There is an increased risk of an accident and injury Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec tronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and elec tronic equipment carried out at a qualified specialist workshop If you make any changes to the vehicle elec tronics the general operating permit is ren dered invalid Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying atte
260. etting the airflow seee Setting the climate mode Setting the temperature Switching air recirculation mode OMI Off E E A sv Sacceesch eecessence Switching On Off ossis Switching residual heat on off Switching the rear window defroster on off ccccceeeseseeeeeees Switching the ZONE function on O EEEE EAT EEAS Coat hooks n Cockpit OVEIVIGW sb feds setasatedaes cassnds iinet iea see Instrument cluster Collapsible spare wheel Mandan e E E lt acetesedeectessts see Emergency spare wheel COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS Display Message sieversii Operation NOtES 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeereeeees COMAND COMPONENHS sissies Control panel Controller vicienscinniinnnsin DiS PIAY sireci EWI CEIOMS eae Combination switch ee Combined cargo cover and net Connecting a USB device see also Digital Operator s Man ual Consumption statistics on board computer Control panel Controller sccicscicssiteiicckcececevenatennass Convenience box i nto Coolant engine Checking the level nsec 265 Display message eeeeeseereeeeees 199 Filling Capacity sisiran 343 Important safety notes s s s 342 Temperature on board com PUTET deiseecssetess see cavecatnetcoatdetecisseess 190 Temperature gauge 0 eeeeeeeeeeees 188 Warning laMp cccssssesestiscgisescseseseeecs 209 Cooling see Climate control COpyrig ht 4 sescscscssissasteceusevncvaceeeteees 34 Corne
261. event of an accident they could be crushed between the vehicle occupant and seat belt objects are never secured with a seat belt if the seat belt is also being used by one of the vehicle s occupants Seat belts are only intended to secure and restrain vehicle occupants Always observe the Loading guidelines for securing objects luggage or loads gt page 238 Fastening and adjusting the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 50 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 51 If the center rear seat belt is being used also observe the information about the seat belt for the center rear seat gt page 53 gt Adjust the seat gt page 114 The seat backrest must be in an almost vertical position gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt outlet and engage belt tongue 2 into belt buckle Q The seat belt on the driver s seat and the front passenger seat may be tightened automatically see Belt adjustment gt page 53 gt If necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body Wagon you can also adjust the belt height on the outer rear bench seats The shoulder section of the seat belt must always be routed across the center of the shoulder Adjust the belt outlet if necessary gt To raise slide the belt outlet upwards The belt outlet will engage in various posi tions gt To lower hold belt outlet
262. evsecss costes se Individual settings cee eeeeeseeees Limited Warranty ceeeeseeseeeees Loading secccseccdsevscevsssencteacecsseeesnsseces Locking in an emergency Locking SmartKey ceeeeeeeeeeeee LOWETINE ssiscissesecaatipescpebedesstacssnssened Maintenance 5 0 ccceceeceseecenee Parking for a long period Pulling AWAY lt ss svevecccovcssoseeceseseeeseeseees Raising Reporting problems e Securing from rolling away TOWIN AWAY sisvscccenceessiyscevenees oeeteeee Mra MSPOrting s ccsecieseseceebeuetoossics Unlocking in an emergency Unlocking SmartKey n se Vehicle data c cscscscscecsssscsesessacsasceaess Vehicle data 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeereeeees Vehicle dimensions 0006 344 Vehicle emergency locking 96 Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 336 Vehicle level INIRMATIG osiris 166 Vehicle maintenance see ASSYST PLUS Vehicle tool Kit cceee eee 270 Video see also Digital Operator s Man Wal steenctettsiet acter AA E 214 Video DVD ccccecceeseeseeereeeteeeees 190 VIN SO at eeren n NS 336 TYPO Plate it sirere er 336 Voice Control System see Separate operating instructions Warning and indicator lamps NBS RAE E E E 205 Brakes inene 204 CHECK EMSING wvscsvscsssshoesgspsessaesecesess 202 COOL AME sgire EER 209 Dista
263. ey into the ignition lock Removing the mechanical key gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key from the SmartKey For further information about e unlocking the driver s door gt page 96 e unlocking the trunk gt page 103 e unlocking the tailgate gt page 103 e locking the vehicle gt page 96 Inserting the mechanical key gt Push mechanical key completely into the SmartKey until it engages and release catch is back in its basic position Checking the battery PSS Dh Dat button gt Press the Jorio The battery is working properly if battery check lamp lights up briefly The battery is discharged if battery check lamp does not light up briefly gt Change the battery gt page 93 If the SmartKey battery is checked within the signal pedal range of the vehicle pressing the or g button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle You can get a battery at any qualified spe cialist workshop Replacing the battery You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 92 SmartKey SmartKey battery gt Press mechanical key 2 into the opening in the SmartKey in the direction of the arrow until battery compartment cover 1 opens Do not hold battery compartment cover 1 closed while doing so gt Remove b
264. f the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another A WARNING Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage of the pedals e g e shoes with thick soles e shoes with high heels e slippers There is a risk of an accident Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct usage of the pedals A WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If the parking brake has not been fully released when driving the parking brake can e overheat and cause a fire e lose its hold function There is a risk of fire and an accident Release the parking brake fully before driving off H Do not warm up the engine with the vehi cle stationary Drive off immediately Avoid high engine speeds and driving at full throt tle until the engine has reached its operat ing temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the des
265. g ee 303 Tire tredd cscs isssceesesscasdesteeachieeieacsacss 289 Tire tread definition 00 0 eee 308 Total load limit definition 309 TACHOn sesssccvieeiestvesstesaetennieeseds 302 Traction definition ssis 308 Tred WERT x sods decvenceaecsssaspeevececoszerss 302 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards ccvs estessecesncst istsr deeri 301 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards definition 0 0 307 Wear indicator definition 308 Wheel and tire combination 316 Wheel rim definition 0 eee 307 see Flat tire Top Tether oo eee eeeeneeeeeeeneeceneeees 71 Tow starting Emergency engine starting 284 Important safety notes 281 Towing a trailer Cleaning the trailer tow hitch 268 ESP Electronic Stability Pro BAUM annene ane a R 84 Towing away Important safety guidelines 281 Installing the towing eye sses 282 Removing the towing eye 283 With both axles on the ground 283 With the rear axle raised 283 Towing eye eere 270 Traffic reports see also Digital Operator s Man Galor a EE 214 Traffic Sign Assist Activating deactivating the warn ME FUNCTION sae 190 Function notes cceceeseseeeeesenees 176 Important safety notes s s 177 Instrument cluster display 177 Transfer case 145 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmiss
266. g another vehicle towing eyes Otherwise the vehicle could and its weight is greater than the permissible be damaged ross weight of your vehicle the 8 8 y E Do not use the towing eye for recovery e the towing eye could detach itself this could damage the vehicle If in doubt e the vehicle trailer combination could roll recover the vehicle with a crane over nformation F i Roadside Assistance le Roadside Assistance H When towing pull away slowly and smoothly If the tractive power is too high the vehicles could be damaged H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle H When towing vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the key instead of the Start Stop but ton Otherwise the automatic transmission may shift to position P when the driver s or front passenger door are opened which could lead to damage to the transmission H The vehicle can be towed a maximum of 30 miles 50km The towing speed of 30 mph 50 km h must not be exceeded If the vehicle has to be towed more than 30 miles 50km the entire vehicle must be raised and transported H If you tow or tow start another vehicle its weight must not exceed the maximum per missible gross vehicle weight of your vehi cle HYBRID vehicles make sure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers e g due to high voltage It is better to have the vehicle transporte
267. g or clos ing There is a risk of injury When opening or closing make sure that no body parts are in the sweep of the roller sun If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening closing process is briefly stop ped The roller sunblind then returns to its ini tial position The roller sunblind shields the vehicle interior from sunlight The two roller sunblinds can only be opened and closed together when the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed Roller sunblind reversing feature The roller sunblind is equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the roller sunblind during the closing process the roller sunblind opens again automatically The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is not a substitute for your attentiveness to the roller sunblind while it is closing Z WARNING The reversing function does not react in par ticular to soft light and thin objects e g small fingers This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these situations There is a risk of injury When closing the roller sunblind make sure that no body parts are in the sweep area If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e press the switch in any direction during the automatic closing process The closing process is
268. g systems Driving and parking H The vehicle is lowered by about 0 8 in 20 mm if e you have selected Comfortable tuning e you switch off the engine and then e you lock the vehicle within approximately 60 seconds When parking position your vehicle so that it does not make contact with the curb as the vehicle is lowered Your vehicle could otherwise be damaged Vehicle level Important safety notes A WARNING When the vehicle is being lowered people could become trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle body and the wheels or underneath the vehicle There is a risk of injury Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the wheel arches when the vehicle is being lowered The vehicle may be lowered if you press the suspension setting selector button or the AMG button The vehicle also lowers if it is stationary H If Sport or Sport suspension tuning has been selected the vehicle s ground clear ance decreases Make sure that no objects become trapped or that the vehicle does not become damaged for example on the curb The vehicle level may change visibly at the rear axle if you park the vehicle and the outside temperature changes If the tem perature drops the vehicle level lowers with an increase in temperature the vehi cle level rises 4MATIC permanent four wheel drive If you fail to adapt your driving style 4MATIC can neither reduce the risk of acciden
269. g to the skin to mucous membranes and to the eyes You may expe rience a burning sensation in your eyes nose and throat Coughing and watering of the eyes are possible Do not inhale ammonia vapors Fill the DEF tank only in well ventilated areas Low outside temperatures DEF freezes at a temperature of approx imately 12 F 11 C The vehicle is delivered from the factory equipped with a DEF pre heating system Winter operation can thus be guaranteed even at temperatures below 12 F 11 C Additives H Only use DEF in accordance with ISO 22241 Do not use additives with DEF and do not dilute DEF with water This may destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas after treatment system Purity H Impurities in DEF e g due to other ser vice products cleaning agents or dust lead to e increased emission values e damage to the catalytic converter Service products and filling capacities e engine damage e malfunctions in the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system Assuring the purity of DEF is particularly important with respect to avoiding malfunc tions in the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreat ment system If DEF is pumped out of the DEF tank e g during repair work it must not be returned to the tank The purity of the fluid can no longer be guaranteed Filling capacities Model Total capacity All models 6 7 US gal 2551 General notes H Never use engine oil or an oil filter of a specificatio
270. ge between low beam and high fe responsible for adjusting the vehicle s beam automatically The system recognizes __ lighting to the prevailing light visibility and vehicles with their lights on either approach traffic conditions ing from the opposite direction or traveling in In particular the detection of obstacles can Lights and windshield wipers tet front of your vehicle and consequently be restricted if there is switches the headlamps from high beamto poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or low beam SNOW The system automatically adapts the low e dirt on the sensors or the sensors are beam headlamp range depending on the dis obscured tance to the other vehicle Once the system no longer detects any other vehicles it reac tivates the high beam headlamps The system s optical sensor is located behind the windshield near the overhead control panel Replacing bulbs Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on off indicator lamp in the multifunction display remains lit gt To switch off move the combination switch back to its normal position or move the light switch to another position The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Interior lighting An overview of the interior lighting and the overhead control panel can be found in the At a glance section In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics High beam headlamps Turn
271. ger visible The combined cargo cover and net will otherwise not be locked in place Attaching the combined cargo cover and net to the rear seat backrest H If you have attached the combined cargo cover and net to a rear seat backrest that is folded forwards do not fold the backrest back gt Fold the left and right seat backrest for wards gt page 241 gt Insert combined cargo cover and net into two guides and push it up to the stop in the direction of the arrow Cargo net Wagon Important safety notes Z WARNING On its own the cargo net cannot secure or restrain heavy objects items of luggage and heavy loads You could be hit by an unsecured load during sudden changes in direction braking or in the event of an accident There is an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping over e g by using tie downs even if you are using the cargo net It is important to use a cargo net if you load the vehicle with small objects above the seat backrests For safety reasons always use a cargo net when transporting loads Damaged cargo nets can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist workshop Stowage areas Ea Cargo net without cargo compartment enlargement gt Pull the cargo net up by tab and hook it into eyelets 2
272. grated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp lights up yellow gt Release the button Indicator lamp flashes yellow gt Press button of garage door remote control for two seconds then release it for two seconds gt Press button again for two seconds gt Repeat this sequence on button of remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programming is finished When indicator lamp flashes green pro gramming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button of remote control of the garage door drive If indicator lamp lights up red repeat the programming process for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Features Ea Problems when programming Please also read the operating instructions If you are experiencing problems programing for the garage door system the integrated garage door opener on the gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni rear view mirror take note of the following tion lock gt page 137 instructions g
273. gt Close cover Q of positive clamp after removing the jumper cables gt Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop Towing and tow starting There is a risk of an accident When towing or tow starting another vehicle its weight should not be greater than the per Z WARNING missible gross weight of your vehicle Functions relevant to safety are restricted or no longer available if Details on the permissible gross vehicle Le i weight of your vehicle can be found on the e the engine is not running vehicle identification plate gt page 336 o ie ele h ngi a a E EE if DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function malfunctioning t oe is activated the vehicle brakes automati e there is a malfunction in the voltage supply cally in certain situations or the vehicle s electrical system v To prevent damage to the vehicle deacti E E vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func vege may be necessario siest Or oreka tion in the following or other similar situa There is a risk of an accident tions In such cases use a tow bar Before towing make sure that the steering moves freely e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash A WARNING H Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at the When towing or tow startin
274. h the indicator lamp goes out and Active Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp on the corre sponding side lights up red This warning is always given when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged Active Blind Spot Assist is not operational The brightness of the warning lamps is auto matically adapted to the brightness of the surroundings Visual and acoustic collision warning If you switch on the turn signals to change lanes and a vehicle is detected in the side monitoring range you receive a visual and acoustic collision warning You then hear a double warning tone and red warning lamp flashes If the turn signal remains on detec ted vehicles are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp Q There are no further warning tones Course correcting brake application If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a lateral collision in the monitoring range a course correcting brake application is carried out This is meant to assist you in avoiding a collision Z WARNING A course correcting brake application cannot always prevent a collision There is a risk of an accident Always steer brake o
275. h MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Not all wheel and tire combinations are available at the factory for all countries On the following pages you can find infor mation on approved wheel rims and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you would like to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires you may also in cer tain circumstances require rims of the appropriate size The size of the approved winter tires may deviate from that of the standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equipment installed at the factory The tires and wheel rims as well as further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop E Wheels and tires Ea Wheel and tire combinations Le Wheels and tires E 250 BlueTEC Summer tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm FA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 RA 265 35 R18 97 Y XL Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm All weather tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 H
276. hange should for example stand behind the bar rier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traf fic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door E Roadside Assistance Flat tire Roadside Assistance MOExtended tires tires with run flat properties General notes With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires The affected tire must not show any clearly visible damage You can recognize MOExtended tires by the MOExtended marking which appears on the sidewall of the tire You will find this marking next to the tire size designation the load bearing capacity and the speed index gt page 303 MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure monitor If a pressure loss warning message appears in the multifunction display e observe the instructions in the display mes sages gt page 200 e check the tire for damage e if driving on observe the following notes The driving distance possible in run flat mode is approximately 50 miles 80 km when the vehicle is partially laden and approximately 18 miles 30 km when the vehicle is fully laden In addition to the vehicle load the driving dis tance possible depends upon e vehicle speed e road condition e outside temperature The driving distance possible in run flat mode may be red
277. hanges depending on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when check ing the pressure of warm tires Only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tires are warm the result ing value will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low Observe the recommended tire pressures for cold tires e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap _Underinflated or overinflated tires Underinflated tires Z WARNING Tires with pressure that is too low can over heat and burst as a consequence In addition they also suffer from excessive and or irreg ular wear which can severely impair the brak ing properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all the tires including the spare wheel Underinflated tires may e overheat leading to tire defects e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e have an adverse effect on fuel consumption Overinflated tires Z WARNING Ti
278. hassis parts wheels or tires could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to If the underbody paneling is damaged combustible materials such as leaves grass or twigs can gather between the underbody and the underbody paneling If these materials come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust system they can catch fire In such situations have the vehicle checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop If on con tinuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traffic conditions In such cases consult a qualified specialist workshop Declarations of conformity Vehicle components which receive and or transmit radio waves USA The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Oper ation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 These devices may not cause harm ful interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired oper ation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standa
279. haust pipe and area around the vehicle are clear of snow To ensure an adequate supply of fresh air open a window on the side of the vehicle that is not facing into the wind Further information can be found in the Digi tal Operator s Manual Driving systems Mercedes Benz Intelligent Drive stands for innovative driver assistance and safety sys tems which enhance comfort and support the driver in critical situations With these intelli gent co ordinated systems Mercedes Benz Driving systems ce has set a milestone on the path towards autonomous driving Mercedes Benz Intelligent Drive embraces all elements of active and passive safety in one well thought out system for the safety of the vehicle occupants and that of other road users Further information on driving safety systems gt page 75 General notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden you must shift to a lower gear in time By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly Use cruise control only if road and traffic con ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can store any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h Important safety not
280. he wheel valve or tire may be damaged Tire pressure that is too low may result in a tire blow out There is a risk of an accident e Check the tire for foreign objects e Check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking If you are unable to rectify the damage con tact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction which can cause tire pressure loss Due to their design retrofitted tire pres sure monitors keep the tire valve open This can also result in tire pressure loss There isa risk of an accident Only screw the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitor the tire pressure can be checked in the on board computer The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is depend ent on the driving speed and the load Therefore you should only correct tire pres sures when the tires are cold The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature c
281. he health of others Using an exterior antenna takes into account current scientific discus sions relating to the possible health hazards that may result from electromagnetic fields The following antenna positions may be used if RF transmitters have been properly instal led POT GT ae 3 8 Sedan approved antenna positions Front roof area Rear roof area Rear fender Trunk lid Wagon approved antenna positions Front roof area Rear roof area Rear fender When installing an antenna on the front roof area of vehicles with a sliding sunroof observe the sweeping range of the roof On vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel installing an antenna to the front or rear roof area is not permitted On the rear fenders it is recommended to position the antenna on the side of the vehicle closest to the center of the road Use the Technical Specification ISO TS 21609 when retrofitting RF transmitters Road Vehicles EMC guidelines for installa tion of aftermarket radio frequency transmit ting equipment Observe the legal require ments for retrofittings Vehicle electronics e If your vehicle has installations for two way radio equipment use the power supply or antenna connections intended for use with the basic wiring Be sure to observe the man ufacturer s additional instructions when installing Deviations with respect to wavebands maxi mum transmission outputs or antenna pos
282. he B pillar gt page 298 e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap gt page 146 e under Tire pressure gt page 29 1 Check the tire pressure when the vehicle is heavily laden and adjust prior to a trip While driving pay attention to vibrations noises and unusual handling characteristics e g pulling to one side This may indicate that the wheels or tires are damaged If you sus pect that a tire is defective reduce your speed immediately Stop the vehicle as soon as possible to check the wheels and tires for damage Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics If you find no signs of damage have the tires and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or estore other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar elevations try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Oth erwise the tires particularly the sidewalls may be damaged A WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Damaged wheels can cause a loss of ti
283. he child restraint system make sure that the seat belt for the middle seat does not get trapped The seat belt could otherwise be damaged Children in the vehicle dent heavy braking or sudden changes of direction As a result child restraint systems cannot perform their intended protective function Rear seat backrests that are not locked can also cause additional injuries e g in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always lock rear seat backrests after instal ling a Top Tether belt Observe the lock veri fication indicator Adjust the rear seat backr ests so that they are in an upright position When installing the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system fold protective caps of If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings locked this will be shown in the multifunction inwards display in the instrument cluster A warning gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child tone also sounds restraint system on both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings Top Tether anchorages ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for Sedan ye ene T ee The Top Tether anchorage points are installed the rear seats LATCH type ISOFIX securing p 8e p rings for two LATCH type ISOFIX child in the rear compartment behind the head restraints restraint systems are installed on the left and right rear seats Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats
284. he field of vision and other functions of the rear view camera may be restricted due to additional accessories on the rear of the vehi cle e g license plate holder bicycle rack On vehicles with height adjustable chassis leaving the standard height can result in inac curacies in the guide lines depending on technical conditions The rear view camera is protected from raindrops and dust by means of a flap When the rear view camera is activated this flap opens The flap closes again when e you have finished the maneuvering proc ess e you switch off the engine e you open the trunk Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 268 For technical reasons the flap may remain open briefly after the rear view camera has been deactivated E Objects not at ground level may appear to be further away than they actually are e g e the bumper of a parked vehicle e the drawbar of a trailer e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear section of an HGV e a slanted post Use the guidelines only for orientation Approach objects no further than the bot tom most guideline The rear view camera may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all The rear view camera does not show objects in the following positions e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e in the area immediately above the tailgate handle Activating deactivating the rear view camera gt To activate make s
285. he following e E85 gasoline with 85 ethanol e E100 100 ethanol e M15 gasoline with 15 methanol e M30 gasoline with 30 methanol e M85 gasoline with 85 methanol e M100 100 methanol e Gasoline with metalliferous additives Diesel Do not mix such fuels with the fuel recom mended for your vehicle Do not use addi tives Otherwise engine damage may occur This does not include cleaning addi tives for the removal and prevention of res idue build up Gasoline may only be mixed with cleaning additives recommended by Mercedes Benz see Additives You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center H To ensure the longevity and full perform ance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If standard unleaded gasoline is unavaila ble and you have to refuel with unleaded gasoline of a lower grade observe the fol lowing precautions e Only fill the fuel tank to half full with reg ular unleaded gasoline and fill the rest with premium grade unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Do not drive at the maximum speed e Avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds over 3 000 rpm You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assis tance For further information consult a quali fied specialist workshop or visit http www mbusa com USA only 10 fuel contains up to 10 bioe
286. he head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Observe the safety notes on Air bags gt page 54 and Children in the Vehicle gt page 68 Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING If you adjust the seat height carelessly you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and thereby injured Children in particular could accidentally press the electrical seat adjust ment buttons and become trapped There is a risk of injury While moving the seats make sure that your hands or other body parts do not get under the lever assembly of the seat adjustment sys tem Z WARNING When you adjust a seat you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped e g on the seat guide rail There is a risk of injury Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 Seats steering wheel and mirrors o E To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e keep liquids from spilli
287. he specifications shown on the Tire and front or rear axle Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The maximum permis sible gross vehicle weight rating is vehicle specific and may differ from that in the illustration You can find the valid maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating for your vehicle on the Tire and Loading Infor mation placard Loading the vehicle pa Number of seats oo gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the Biip HHJ Maximum number of seats 4 indicates the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load ing Information placard Step by step instructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding i
288. he vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle e vehicles with the hybrid drive system the hybrid system and the high voltage electri cal system are deactivated cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the Impo KE nt safety TES j vehicle Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat Children are generally better pro tected there If a child under 12 years of age and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle Safety Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for Mercede
289. heels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents rec ommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Exterior care Automatic car wash Z WARNING Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle There is a risk of an accident After the vehicle has been washed brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until full braking power is restored H If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent damage to the vehicle deacti vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func tion in the following or other similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts H Make sure that e the side windows and the sliding sunroof are fully closed e the ventilation heating is switched off the OFF button has been pressed e the windshield wiper switch is in position 0 Otherwise the vehicle might be damaged
290. heft Alarm system Ashtray erii iieri Assistance display on board com puter Assistance menu on board com puter ASSYST PLUS Displaying a service message Hiding a service message Notes Resetting the service interval dis Play wsssessccvsst cacacecticostecsteeecacscacestevenss SEriCe MESSARE sisirin Special service requirements ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Activating deactivating 0 Function Switching off the alarm ATTENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating Display message eee FUNCtION NOTES eneren Audio 20 COMPONENtS 20 cssscasccsescesnssecssiesasss Controller vissicsivsssiscsicsssacisveciess DiS Play ainera FUN CHIONSi24 4 EE Authorized Mercedes Benz Center see Qualified specialist workshop Authorized workshop see Qualified specialist workshop AUTO lights Display message siccis Automatic car wash care Automatic engine start ECO start stop function Automatic engine switch off ECO start stop function Automatic headlamp mode Automatic transmission Accelerator pedal position Automatic drive program Changing Zear eeeeseeseceseeeneeeees DIRECT SELECT lever eeceeeeees Display message eee Drive program display seeee Driving tS cesses seasseatecsnceastes bebe cases 144 Emergency running mode 144 Engaging drive position 143 Engaging neutral seere 143 Engaging park position AMG vehi CIES a cccnsveccvesecestce
291. hicle is first delivered it is fil led with a coolant mixture that ensures adequate antifreeze and corrosion protec tion The coolant is checked with every main tenance interval at a qualified specialist workshop Filling capacities Model Capacity E 400 Approx 10 9 US qt E 400 4MATIC 10 3 1 E 250 BlueTEC Approx 11 0 US qt E 250 BlueTEC 10 4 1 4MATIC E 63 AMG Approx 11 4 US qt E 63 AMG 4MATIC 10 8 I Service products and filling capacities Ea Model Capacity E 550 4MATIC Approx 11 5 US qt E 63 AMG S 10 9 I MODEL 4MATIC All other models Approx 10 1 US qt 9 6 1 Windshield washer system Important safety notes Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the level sensor may be damaged H Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit washer fluid should be mixed together The spray nozzles may otherwise become blocked Comply with the important safety notes for service products when handling washer fluid gt page 337 At temperatures above freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water A
292. his may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of the next emissions test dur ing the main inspection Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes Benz Center is a qualified specialist workshop It has the nec essary specialist knowledge tools and quali fications to correctly carry out the work required on your vehicle This is especially the case for work relevant to safety Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book let Always have the following work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e work relevant to safety e service and maintenance work e repair work e alterations installation work and modifica tions e work on electronic components Correct use If you remove any warning stickers you or others could fail to recognize certain dangers Leave warning stickers in position Observe the following information when driv ing your vehicle e the safety notes in this manual e the vehicle technical data e traffic rules and regulations e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem again with a Mercedes Benz Center or c
293. hown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately ial On board computer and displays es Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Observe the additional information on OCS gt page 58 The front passenger air bag is enabled during the journey even though e a child a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys tem s weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat or e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect objects or forces applying additional weight on the seat Z WARNING The air bag may deploy unintentionally There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Switch the
294. hows the nominal Exceeding the stated tire load bearing capa tire width in millimeters i city and the approved maximum speed could Aspect ratio aspect ratio is the size ratio lead to tire damage or the tire bursting There between the tire height and tire width and is is a risk of accident aa Shown in percent The aspect ratio is calcu ra All about wheels and tires Le Wheels and tires lated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Rim diameter rim diameter is the diam eter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maxi mum load bearing capacity of a tire Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 298 Example Load bearing index 91 indicates a maximum load of 1 356 Ib 615 kg that the tires can bear For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and Ibs see gt page 305 For further information on the load bearing index see Load index gt page 305 Speed rating speed rating specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire
295. i tions must be approved by Mercedes Benz The maximum transmission output PEAK at the base of the antenna must not exceed the following values Waveband Maximum transmission output Short wave 100 W 3 54 MHz 4 m waveband 30 W 74 88 MHz 2 m waveband 50 W 144 174 MHz Trunked radio Tetra 10 W 380 460 MHz 70 cm waveband 35 W 400 460 MHz Mobile communications 10 W 2G 3G 46 The following can be used in the vehicle with out restrictions e RF transmitters with a maximum transmis sion output of up to 100 mW e RF transmitters with transmission frequen cies in the range 380 410 MHz and a max imum transmission output of 2 W Tetra e Mobile telephones 2G 3G 4G O Technical data be Technical data There is no restriction for antenna positions on the outside of the vehicle for the following wavebands e Trunked radio Tetra e 70 cm waveband e Mobile communications 2G 3G 4G Identification plates Vehicle identification plate with vehi cle identification number VIN gt Open the front left hand door You will see vehicle identification plate oe Pah eal ah Example vehicle identification plate USA only VIN Vehicle model Identification plates DAIMLER AG Mie GS Pa teal Example vehicle identification plate Canada only VIN Paint code The data shown on the vehicle identifica tion plate is used only as an example This dat
296. iants and trim levels Vehicle electronics le Technical data Z WARNING The electromagnetic radiation from modified or incorrectly retrofitted RF transmitters can interfere with the vehicle electronics This can compromise the operational safety of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident You should have all work to electrical and electronic equipment carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING The electromagnetic radiation from incor rectly operated RF transmitters can interfere with the vehicle electronics for example e if the RF transmitter is not connected with an exterior antenna e the exterior antenna has been installed incorrectly or is not a low reflection type This can compromise the operational safety of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Have the low reflection exterior antenna mounted at a qualified specialist workshop When operating RF transmitters in the vehi cle always connect them with the low reflec tion exterior antenna H The operating permit may be invalidated if the instructions for installation and use of RF transmitters are not observed In particular the following conditions must be complied with e only approved wavebands may be used e compliance with the maximum permissi ble output in these wavebands is required e only approved antenna positions may be used Excessive levels of electromagnetic radiation may cause damage to your health and t
297. ible dangers e having service work carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Filling capacities Missing values were not available at time of going to print AMG vehicles Capacity Refrigerant 22 6 0 4 oz 640 10 g PAG oil All other models Capacity Refrigerant 20 8 0 4 oz 590 10 g PAG oil 4 2 oz 120 g Vehicle data Please note that for the specified vehicle data e the heights specified may vary as a result of tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment e optional equipment reduces the maximum payload AACE ELT z going to print Model Wagon Max Opening headroom height AMG vehicles G21 lin 82 9 in 3 2086 mm g 2106 mm E All other mod 75 8 in 80 6 in els 1925 mm 2048 mm Missing values were not available at time of going to print Vehicle length 192 1 in 4879 mm Sedan Vehicle length 193 1 in 4905 mm Missing values were not available at time of Wagon going to print Vehicle width 81 5in 2071mm amp Model Sedan including exterior Opening height mirrors AMG vehicles 68 7 in 69 4in Wheelbase 113 1 in 2874 mm 2 1744 mm Maximum roofload 220 Ibs 100kg 1764 mm D GEO ENE Maximum trunk 220 Ibs 100 kg e load Sedan All other models 69 4 in Maximum trunk 1763 mm load Wagon E 550 4MATIC All other models 58 1 in 1477 mm Ea AVZ 1 aT Cod e ELT Technical data All models 59 4 in 1509 mm Sedan 57
298. iding sunroof 107 Q Roadside Assistance Opens closes the call button mbrace sys panorama roof with power tem 254 eran panel with roller Pa Switches the left SUES hand reading lamp on off iJ MB Info call button Switches the front mbrace system 258 interior lighting on off 70 amp SOS SOS button mbrace system 253 Door control panel Function MIL14 2 3 Stores settings for the seat exterior mirrors and steer ing wheel Adjusts the seats electri cally A QO Lz Lz the vehicle Unlocks locks Opens the door a la D Adjusts and folds the exte rior mirrors in out electri cally Page i Door control panel Function Opens closes the side windows Activates deacti vates the override feature for the side windows in the rear compartment 2 Opens closes the trunk lid tailgate 101 At a glance p p dex Infomation Provide 6 DEALER y ee EA Useful information Panic alarm a Occupant safety cceceeeeeeeeees Children in the vehicle Pets in the vehicle cc ce Driving safety systems Protection against theft Information Provided by Nee a Occupant safety Occupant safety Safety Wo Useful information This Operat
299. ile driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving oo a Ee c 00 5 m ing iving and parki Dr Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could setit in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle H Always secure the vehicle correctly against rolling away Otherwise the vehicle or its drivetrain could be damaged To ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away unintentionally e the parking brake must be applied e the transmission must be in position P and the SmartKey must be removed from the ignition lock e the front wheels must be turned towards the curb on steep uphill or downhill gradi ents Switching off the engine Important safety notes A WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when
300. immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a park ing space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARKTRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects The sensors may not detect snow and other objects that absorb ultrasonic waves Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash the compressed air brakes on a truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D Ror N e release the parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds Range of the sensors General notes PARKTRONIC does not take objects into con sideration that are e below the detection range e g people ani mals or objects e above the detection range e g overhang ing loads truck overhangs or loading ramps Driving systems ee T oo a To oY 5 m pi Sensors in the front bumpe
301. ine The Start Stop button can be used to start the vehicle manually without inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle This mode for starting the engine operates independently of the ECO start stop automatic engine start function gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Press the Start Stop button once gt page 138 Vehicles with a gasoline engine the engine starts Vehicles with a diesel engine preglow is activated and the engine starts E General notes Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate H If a warning tone sounds and the Release Park Brake message appears in the multifunction display the parking brake is still applied Release the parking brake Depress the accelerator carefully when pull ing away The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also deactivate the automatic locking feature gt page 190 It is only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake
302. ing Handle example Sedan gt Press the g button on the SmartKey gt Sedan pull handle Q gt Raise the trunk lid Wagon if you pull handle Q and keep it in this position you can open the tailgate man Trunk cargo compartment Opening and closing Po Trunk cargo compartment Opening and closing b ually If you release the handle the tailgate opens automatically Closing Recess example Sedan gt Pull the trunk lid tailgate down using recess 1 gt Wagon let the tailgate drop and engage in the lock gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the button on the SmartKey gt page 90 or with KEYLESS GO gt page 91 gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the button on the SmartKey gt page 90 or with KEYLESS GO gt page 91 gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the button on the SmartKey gt page 90 If a KEYLESS GO key is detected in the trunk cargo compartment the trunk lid tailgate will not lock Sedan the trunk lid then opens again Opening closing automatically from outside Important safety notes Z WARNING Parts of the body could become trapped dur ing automatic closing of the trunk lid tailgate Moreover people e g children may be standing in the closing area or may enter the closing area during the closing process There is a risk of injury 6 Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the
303. ing the standard height can result in e inaccuracies in the guide lines e inaccuracies in the display of generated images top view Activation conditions The 360 camera image can be displayed if e your vehicle is equipped with a 360 cam era e the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock e COMAND Audio 20 is switched on e the 360 Camera function is switched on Switching on the 360 camera gt Press the e button in the center con sole for longer than two seconds Depending on whether position D or R is engaged the following is shown Driving systems e a split screen with top view and the image from the front camera or e a split screen with top view and the image from the rear view camera or gt Press the sole The vehicle menu is displayed gt Select 360 Camera and press to con firm Depending on whether position D or R is engaged the following is shown e a split screen with top view and the image from the front camera or e a split screen with top view and the image from the rear view camera button in the center con G5 Activating the 360 camera using reverse gear The 360 camera images can be automati cally displayed by engaging reverse gear gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear function is selected in COMAND Audio 20 see the separate COMAND Audio 20 opera
304. ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S government course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits ser vice practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate Traction Z WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive train The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfa ces You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of in 4 mm on all four winter tires Observe the legally required minimum tire tread depth gt page 289 Winter tires can reduce the braking distanc
305. ing child restraint sys tems on the front passenger seat All other persons depending on the clas sification of the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated gt page 58 Be sure to observe the notes on Seat belts gt page 50 and Air bags gt page 54 There you can also find infor mation on the correct seat position Seat belts Introduction Seat belts are the most effective means of restricting the movement of vehicle occu pants in the event of an accident or the vehi cle rolling over This reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle interior or being ejected from the vehicle Furthermore the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle occupant in the best posi tion in relation to the air bag The seat belt system comprises e Seat belts e Emergency Tensioning Devices for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear e Seat belt force limiters for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear If the seat belt is pulled out of the belt outlet quickly or with a jerky movement the belt retractor locks The belt strap cannot be extracted any further The Emergency Tensioning Device tightens the seat belt in an accident pulling the belt close against the body However it does not pull the vehicle occupant back in the direction of the backrest The Emergency Tensioning Device does not correc
306. ion position display 143 Transmission position display DIRECT SELECT lever 0 00 143 Transporting the vehicle 283 Trim pieces cleaning instruc TIONS ecer e N 268 Trip computer on board com PULCR EAE E E Ais edassereies 190 Trip odometer Calling UP ienesis 190 Resetting on board computer 190 Trunk Emergency release sisisi Important safety notes Locking separately cesses Opening closing automatically TOM INSIDE cs cessccssesesesecatsceraeseseacts 101 Opening closing automatically TROMMOULSIGE oss scseeeucesesteesthcaseatsxcies 98 Opening closing from outside HANDS FREE ACCESS ou eeeeeeeteeee 99 Opening closing manually from Outside e E 97 Trunk lid Display message eeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 191 Opening dimensions 0 08 344 Trunk load maximum 05 344 Turn signals Changing bulbs front eee 125 Display message eccere 191 Switching On Off sssini 121 Two way radio FREQUCNCICS sx scsst cases tisscssasseenann Seah 334 Installation Transmission output maximum Type identification plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking eeeeeee 96 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button sssri 95 Vanity mirror in the sun visor Vehicle Correct USC ae rea ec teetiiecess Data acquisition oo eee Display message ece EQUIPMEMIE sesei l sonesyecesce
307. ionary or while driving The trunk lid emergency release does not open the trunk lid if the battery is disconnec ted or discharged Trunk lid emergency release light e emergency release button A flashes for 30 minutes after the trunk lid is opened e emergency release button Q flashes for 60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed Tailgate emergency release Wagon General notes H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate Tailgate opening dimensions gt page 344 If the tailgate can no longer be opened from outside the vehicle use the emergency release on the inside of the tailgate On vehicles with a folding bench seat you can use the handle to open the tailgate from inside the vehicle gt page 97 toe side windows Opening Opening and closing bed gt Fold the rear seat backrest forwards gt page 241 gt Remove cargo compartment cover gt page 243 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 92 gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the opening in paneling gt Turn mechanical key 2 90 clockwise gt Push mechanical key 2 in the direction of the arrow and open the tailgate gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key Side windows Z WARNING While opening the side windows body parts could become trapp
308. ions The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 271 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 294 gt f necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure monitor is faulty A WARNING The system Is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure There is a risk of an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Py On board computer and displays dex Infomation Provide 6 DEALER y General notes i e eee 214 Important safety notes 214 Function restrictions 0 215 Audio 20 COMAND operating sys COMM e e
309. ions regarding EDRs that conflict with federal regulation are pre emp ted This means that in the event of such con flict the federal regulation governs As of February 2013 13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs Information on copyright Information on license for free and open source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is available on the fol lowing website http www mercedes benz com opensource w oa Door control panel 0e 45 Cockpit xo OS i Instrument cluster 0 0 0 eee 37 Multifunction steering wheel 39 8 Center console a e 41 Overhead control panel 44 o z Information Provided by Nee OIOI 0100 oO Function Steering wheel paddle shifters Combination switch Instrument cluster Horn DIRECT SELECT lever PARKTRONIC warning dis play Overhead control panel Climate control systems Ignition lock Start Stop button 142 168 44 130 137 138 000000 Ss Function Adjusts the steering wheel electrically Steering wheel heating Cruise control lever Parking brake Diagnostics connection Opens the hood Releases the parking brake Light switch Page 117 31 262 120 Displays Function Page Fuel gage Fuel filler flap location indi cator the fuel filler cap is on the right hand side __ Coolant temperature mn
310. ired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slippery roads You could otherwise damage the drive train Hi AMG vehicles at low engine oil temper atures below 68 F 20 C the maximum engine speed is restricted in order to pro tect the engine To protect the engine and maintain smooth engine operation avoid driving at full throttle when the engine is cold HYBRID vehicles make sure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature Otherwise you may not recognize dangers To remove the SmartKey shift the transmission to position P Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers Ignition power supply for all consumers and drive position To start the engine 1 Driving and parking __ Driving and parking The SmartKey can be turned in the igni tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart Key for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started KEYLESS GO General notes Vehicles with KEYLESS GO are equipped with SmartKeys featuring the integrated KEYLESS GO function and a detachable Start Stop but ton The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle When you insert the Start Stop button into the ignition lock the system needs approx imately t
311. isesess 178 see Active Blind Spot Assist BlueTEC Adding DEF BlueTEC DEF Bluetooth Connecting another mobile elaro n e E 231 Entering the passcode 05 229 Searching for a mobile phone 229 see also Digital Operator s Man Gl EEEE ET Telephony Box trunk eceenenonan eane Brake Assist see BAS Brake Assist System Brake fluid Display message secre 194 NOLES soiree AE 342 Brake force distribution see EBD electronic brake force distribution Brake lamps Display MeSSage ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 Brakes ABS EEEE EE EET 75 Adaptive Brake Assist eeeeseeee 80 BAS EE E T 76 BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic ASSISE eenean EEE i 76 Brake fluid notes eeesseeeeee 342 Display message eecccceeere 192 High performance brake system 154 HOLD fUNGCHIOM sssssciissiiisissesiesiss 165 Important safety notes eee 154 Maintenance s cecssseeseseces 154 Parking Drake c ss ccssessscseseeeczis veces 152 Riding tips Warning lamp seccscces cess scecctsncesceesdenes 204 Breakdown see Flat tire Brightness control instrument cluster lighting 0 0 0 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeee 37 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs Buttons and controller 222 California Important notice for retail cus tomers and lessees ecceeseeeeeeee 29 Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Car see Vehicle Car key see SmartKey Care 360 Camela aeriene iat 268
312. iving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 271 Display messages rea Vehicle Display messages Risk of Rolling Away Vehicle Not in P o fh Power Steering Mal function See Oper ator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The driver s door is open or not fully closed and the selector lever is in position R N or D A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident gt Shift the selector lever to position P gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Close the driver s door completely Wagon the tailgate is open A WARNING When the engine is running exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the tailgate is open There is a risk of poisoning gt Close the tailgate The hood is open A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehic
313. ked gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key Trunk cargo compartment Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid tailgate is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid tailgate Never drive with the trunk lid tailgate open H The trunk lid tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the trunk lid tailgate Ideally place luggage or loads in the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 238 Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk cargo compartment You could otherwise lock your self out Sedan without the trunk lid convenience closing feature the trunk lid can be e opened and closed manually from outside e opened automatically from outside e opened automatically from inside e locked separately e opened with the emergency release button e unlocked with the mechanical key Sedan with the trunk lid convenience closing feature the trunk lid can be e opened and closed manually from outside e opened and closed automatically from out side e opened and closed automatically from inside e locked separately e opened with the emergency release button e unlocked with the mechani
314. key e the trunk lid tailgate e the hood gt To switch the alarm off with the Smart Key press the or button onthe SmartKey The alarm is switched off or gt Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off Protection against theft gt To stop the alarm using KEYLESS GO grasp the outside door handle The Smart Key must be outside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or gt Press the Start Stop button on the dash board The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle The alarm is switched off Safety 4 The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that triggered it for example If the alarm continues for more than 30 seconds the mbrace emergency call system automatically notifies the Cus tomer Assistance Center This is done either by text message or data connection The emergency call system sends the mes sage or data provided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace ser vice e the mbrace service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone network is available Useful information eee 90 SmartKey ccs i 90 Doors oee cece 95 Trunk cargo compartment 96 Side windows 2 3 2 eee 104 Sliding sunroof 106 Opening and closing Information Provided by 6 DEALER Es SmartKey Useful information This O
315. king manually sses 294 Display message ccesceeeeeceees 200 MAXIMUM esse ssevsecssctcesscntussscsesnsctces 294 Not reached TIREFIT 0 0 eee 274 POES wos scesescceceeeeecnspssspstecectenei castes 292 Reached TIREFIT c ccccceeseeees 274 Recommended cccccceeeeeeeeeseee 291 Tire pressure monitor Checking the tire pressure elec tronically scrie prr 296 FUNCtION NOTES ssersrrerssirissirin 294 Gemeral NOteS 22 c desiscedeecscetesesseses 294 Important safety notes 295 Radio type approval for the tire pressure MONITOM sssi 297 Restarting seseina 297 Warning lamp ssssiritspsesiitsststsrisissss 211 Warning message secc 296 Tire change tool kit eee 270 TIRER Ki oenn 273 Tires Aspect ratio definition 0 0 0 0 308 Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition ee 307 Bar definition lt ccccssscsssccassesecesseese 306 Changing a wheel ssec 309 Characteristics ccsececeseeeess 306 CHECKING vee cescesssssterserccacseneesnecenies 289 Curb weight definition 308 Definition of terMS ssssscsssssss 306 Direction of rotation eseese 309 Display message s e 200 Distribution of the vehicle occu pants definition ssssstsrsssistsssii 309 DOT Department of Transporta tion definition 2 6 s200eeceseceeoes 307 DOT Tire Identification Number DIN E EEEE T 306 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating definition G
316. l SmartKey Changing the battery Changing the programming Checking the battery Display message Door central locking unlocking Important safety notes Loss Mechanical key Overview Positions ignition lock Problem malfunction Starting the engine SMS see also Digital Operator s Man ual Snow chains Sockets Center console General notes Luggage compartment Rear compartment Spare wheel Stowing Special seat belt retractor Specialist workshop Speed controlling see Cruise control Speedometer In the Instrument cluster Segments Selecting the unit of measure ment see Instrument cluster SPORT handling mode Activating deactivating AMG vehicles Warning lamp Standing lamps Display message Switching on off Start stop function see ECO start stop function Starting engine STEER CONTROL Steering display message Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot DISTRONIC PLUS Activating deactivating Display message Steering assistant STEER CON TROL see STEER CONTROL Steering wheel Adjusting electrically Button overview Buttons on board computer Important safety notes Paddle shifters Steering wheel heating Storing settings memory func tion Steering wheel cleaning instruc tions Steering wheel heating Switching on off Steering wheel paddle shifters Stopwatch RACETIMER Stowage areas ccc eeeeteeeees 238 Stowage compartments Armrest UNET irrisorio 239 Center console ccesseeseeeeee
317. l notes The HomeLink garage door opener integra ted in the rear view mirror allows you to oper ate up to three different door and gate sys tems Use the integrated garage door opener only on garage doors that e have safety stop and reverse features and e meet current U S federal safety standards Once programed the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror will assume the function of the garage door system s remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system When programming a garage door opener park the vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming Certain garage door drives are incompatible with the integrated garage door opener If you have difficulty programing the integrated garage door opener contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Alternatively you can call the following tele phone assistance services e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 e HomeLink hotline 1 800 355 3515 free of charge More information on HomeLink and or compatible products is also available online at http www homelink com Notes on the declaration of conformity gt page 31 USA FCC ID CB2HMIHL4 Canada IC 279B HMIHL4 Important safety notes WARNING When you operate or program the garage door with the integrated garage door opener per sons in the range of mov
318. lable to the next owner If you have purchased a used car please send us the Notification of Used Car Purchase in the Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalytic converter may not be available Leaded fuel may cause damage to the catalytic con verter e the fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating Unsuitable fuel can cause engine damage Some Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe through our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Operating safety Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not have the prescribed service maintenance work or any required repairs Ea Introduction carried out this can result in malfunctions or system failures There is a risk of an accide
319. ld be thrown about strik ing vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Always install child restraint systems prop erly even if they are not being used Make sure that you observe the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instructions You will find further information on stowing objects luggage or loads under Loading guidelines gt page 238 A WARNING Child restraint systems or their securing sys tems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident can no longer protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Replace child restraint systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident as soon as possible Have the secur ing systems on the child restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop before you install a child restraint system again The securing systems of child restraint sys tems are e the seat belt system e the LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings e the Top Tether anchorages If it is absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the information on the Occupant Classifica tion System OCS gt page 58 There you will also find information on deactivating the front passenger front air bag All child restraint systems mus
320. le shelf EASY PACK load securing kit Wagon Components and storage The EASY PACK load securing kit allows you to use your cargo compartment for a variety of purposes The accessory parts are located under the cargo compartment floor gt Open the EASY PACK folding luggage com partment floor gt page 249 EASY PACK load securing kit accessory parts Telescopic rod Bag containing the brackets and luggage holder Inserting the brackets into the loading rail z gt Insert bracket Q into the center of loading rail gt Press release button 2 and push bracket Q into the desired position in load ing rail gt Let go of release button 2 gt Press locking button Bracket is locked in loading rail gt If necessary fold cargo tie down ring upwards Luggage holder H Only use the luggage holder to secure cargo with a maximum weight of 15 4 Ibs 7 kg and with dimensions that the luggage holder can safely and securely contain The luggage holder can be used to secure light loads against the side wall of the cargo compartment to prevent them from moving around gt To install insert two brackets into the left or right loading rail gt page 247 gt Press release button Q of the luggage holder and pull the strap out slightly gt Insert luggage holder 2 into brackets and while doing so press release button and push the luggage holder downward
321. le against rolling away gt page 151 gt Close the hood The power steering is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays Ea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster e On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster This section describes indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster relevant to safety and solutions A description of other indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster and their solutions can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Some systems carry out a self diagnosis when the ignition is switched on Therefore some indicator and warning lamps may light up or flash temporarily This behavior is non critical These indicator and warning lamps only indicate a malfunction if they light up or flash after starting the engine or whilst driving Seat belts Problem 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warn
322. least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Never overload the tires by B pillar example Sedan exceeding the maximum load B pillar driver s side Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the maximum permissible number Oo of occupants and the maximum permis ee ee Se ee sible vehicle load It also contains details So e of the tire sizes and corresponding pres sures for tires mounted at the factory 2 The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the Pag EFPIA gross vehicle weight rating It is made up of the vehicle weight all vehicle occu gt Specification for maximum gross vehicle pants the fuel and the cargo You can weight Q is listed in the Tire and Loading also find information about the maximum Information placard The combined weight gross axle weight rating on the front and of occupants and cargo should never rear axle exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle Never The gross weight of all vehicle occupants load and luggage must not exceed the speci fied value exceed the maximum load or the maxi f mum gross axle weight rating for the T
323. lect Route turn and press the con troller gt To display destination information select Destination Information gt To display the route list select Route List gt To display the current position select Where am 1 Canceling continuing route guidance gt Press the controller gt To select Destination turn and press the controller gt Select Cancel Active Route Guidance or Continue Route Guidance Real time traffic reports The information given relating to destination entry applies to COMAND For information on Audio 20 see the manufacturer s operating instructions In order to receive real time traffic reports via satellite radio you need to subscribe to SIR IUS XM Satellite Radio Traffic Message Ser vice COMAND can receive traffic reports via sat ellite radio and take account of these for route guidance in the navigation system Received traffic reports are displayed on the map either as text or as symbols Audio 20 COMAND operating system gt To switch to navigation mode press the navi button gt To show the menu slide the controller gt To select Traffic turn and press the con troller If satellite signals cannot be received or there are no traffic reports you will see a message to this effect gt To close the report press the controller Map functions General notes The information given relating to destination entry applies to COMAND For informati
324. line the flash point is lower than that of pure diesel fuel When the engine is running exhaust system components could overheat without being noticed There is a risk of fire Never refuel with gasoline Never mix gasoline with diesel fuel H Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm maximum sulfur content that meets the ASTM D975 standard If you do not refuel with ULSD you may damage the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment sys tem of the vehicle H Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles with a diesel engine Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline kerosene or paraffin This may otherwise result in damage to the fuel sys tem and engine You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assis tance For further information consult a quali fied specialist workshop or visit http www mbusa com USA only Information on refueling gt page 146 E Technical data Le Technical data Low outside temperatures Diesel fuel with improved cold flow prop erties is available during the winter months Further information about fuel properties can be obtained from oil companies e g at gas stations Bio diesel FAME fatty acid methyl ester Mercedes Benz USA approves the use of bio diesel B5 for all BlueTEC diesel engines The concentration of bio diesel in the ULSD may not exceed 5 by vo
325. llow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty This Operator s Manual provides information on the most important functions of your vehi cle Additional information on convenience func tions can be found in COMAND in your Digital Operator s Manual The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e model e order e country specification e availability Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The following are integral components of the vehicle e Digital Operator s Manual e Operator s Manual e Maintenance Booklet e Equipment dependent supplements Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times If you sell the vehicle always pass all documents on to the new owner You can also use the E Class Guide smart phone app Android Please note that the Mercedes Benz Guides App may not yet be available in your country The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 2125847502 MI TENENDNNINONENMMINNI N Information Provided by DEALER 11 wo Seats steering wheel and mirrors Lights and windshield wipers 4ETS Electr
326. lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid tailgate is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid tailgate Never drive with the trunk lid tailgate open H The trunk lid tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the trunk lid tailgate Opening and closing gt To open pull remote operating switch for the trunk lid tailgate Q until the trunk lid tailgate opens gt To close Sedan press remote operating switch for trunk lid until the trunk lid is completely closed gt To close Wagon turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press remote operating switch for tail gate Q until the tailgate is completely closed You can open and close the trunk lid tailgate from the driver s seat when the vehicle is sta tionary and unlocked Trunk cargo compartment Hee b0 Opening and clos es Trunk cargo compartment Opening and closing Important safety notes H Make sure there is sufficient clearance to open the tailgate fully when setting the opening angle The tailgate could otherwise be damaged Ideally
327. locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever down in the direction of arrow Override feature for the rear side win dows gt To activate deactivate press button 2 If indicator lamp Q is lit operation of the rear side windows is disabled Operation is only possible using the switches in the driv er s door If indicator lamp Q is off oper ation is possible using the switches in the rear compartment Pets in the vehicle Z WARNING If you leave animals unattended or unsecured in the vehicle they could press buttons or switches for example As a result they could e activate vehicle equipment and become trapped for example e activate or deactivate systems thereby endangering other road users Unsecured animals could also be flung around the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud den steering or braking thereby injuring vehi cle occupants There is a risk of an accident and injury Never leave animals unattended in the vehi cle Always secure animals properly during the journey e g use a suitable animal trans port box Driving safety systems In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Anti lock Braking System gt page 75 e BAS Brake Assist System gt page 76 e BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist gt page 76 e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS dist
328. loormats on top of one another gt Slide the seat backwards gt To install place the floormat in the foot well gt Press studs 1 onto retainers 2 gt To remove pull the floormat off retain ers gt Remove the floormat Useful information Engine compartment 4 262 Maintenance n ee 266 Care sc ee sass 266 Information Provided by b m Maintenance and care be Maintenance and care models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Engine compartment Important safety notes Z WARNING If the hood is unlatched it may open up when the vehicle is in motion and block your view There is a risk of an accident Never unlatch the hood while driving Before every trip ensure that the hood is locked Z WARNING When opening and closing the hood it may suddenly fall into the closed position There is a risk of injury to persons within range of movement of the hood Open and close the hood only when no one is within its range of movement Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when the
329. loyed This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury To avoid hazardous situations always make sure that all of the vehicle s occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly including pregnant women e are sitting correctly and maintain the great est possible distance to the air bags e follow the following instructions Always make sure that there are no objects between the air bag and the vehicle s occu pants e Adjust the seats properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in an almost upright position The center of the head restraint must support the head at about eye level e Move the driver s and front passenger seats as far back as possible The driver s seat position must allow the vehicle to be driven safely e Only hold the steering wheel on the out side This allows the air bag to be fully deployed e Always lean against the backrest while driv ing Do not lean forwards or lean against the door or side window You may other wise be in the deployment area of the air bags e Always keep your feet in the footwell in front of the seat Do not put your feet on the dashboard for example Your feet may oth erwise be in the deployment area of the air bag e For this reason always secure persons less than 5 ft 1 50 m tall in suitable restraint systems Up to this height the seat belt cannot be worn correctly If a child is traveling in your vehicle also obse
330. lume Pure bio diesel and diesel fuel with a higher percentage of bio diesel such as B20 can damage the engine and the fuel system For this reason they are not approved For more information consult the gas station staff The bio diesel B5 label on the gasoline pump must clearly state that the standard for ULSD has been fulfilled If the label is not clear do not refuel the vehicle Do not refuel your vehicle with fuels unless they have been approved by Mercedes Benz Information on refueling gt page 146 Flexible Fuel vehicles Important safety notes WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children Ea Service products and filling capacities If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis t
331. martKey into the ignition lock H Keep the SmartKey away from strong magnetic fields Otherwise the remote control function could be affected Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicinity of powerful electrical installations Do not keep the SmartKey e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can affect the functionality of the SmartKey PRS Dh PTER To lock the vehicle 5 To open close the trunk lid tailgate L To unlock the vehicle gt To lock centrally press the button The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid tailgate e the fuel filler flap The turn signals flash once when unlocking and three times when locking You can also set an audible signal to confirm that the vehicle has been locked The audible signal can be activated and deactivated using the on board computer gt page 190 When it is dark the surround lighting also comes on if it is activated in the on board computer gt page 190 General notes Bear in mind that the engine can be started by any of the vehicle occupants if there is a KEY LESS GO key in the vehicle Locking unlocking centrally You can start lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO To do this you only need carry the SmartKey with you You c
332. may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install the child seat according to the manufacturer s instruc tions Introduction Top Tether provides an additional connection between the child restraint system secured with a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat mount and the vehicle This helps reduce the risk of injury even further If the child restraint sys tem is equipped with a Top Tether belt this should always be used Important safety notes Pel Z WARNING If the rear seat backrests are not locked they could fold forwards in the event of ah acci Children in the vehicle Safety i gt Move head restraint Q upwards gt Fold up cover of Top Tether anchorage gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Route Top Tether belt 3 under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars gt Hook Top Tether hook 4 into Top Tether anchorage 6 gt Make sure that Top Tether belt is not twisted gt Tension Top Tether belt 3 Always comply with the child restraint system manufactur er s installation instructions when doing so gt Fold down cover 2 of Top Tether anchor age gt Move head restraint Q back down again slightly if necessary gt page 116 Make sure that you do not interfere with the cor r
333. me into con tact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a bat tery e It is important that you observe the descri bed order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e It is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and dis connecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batter ies Wash away battery acid immediately with plenty of clean water and seek medical atten tion Q Environmental note Mf Batteries contain dangerous substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an environmentally friendly manner Take discharged ES Battery vehicle batteries to a qualified spe cialist workshop or a special collection point for used bat teries H Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the service intervals in the Main tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe cialist workshop for more information H You should ha
334. me into contact with fuel observe the following b gt pa Refueling __ Driving and parking e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Z WARNING Electrostatic buildup can create sparks and ignite fuel vapors There is a risk of fire and explosion Always touch the vehicle body before opening the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump nozzle Any existing electrostatic buildup is thereby discharged Z WARNING Vehicles with a diesel engine If you mix diesel fuel with gasoline the flash point is lower than that of pure diesel fuel When the engine Is running exhaust system components could overheat without being noticed There is a risk of fire Never refuel with gasoline Never mix gasoline with diesel fuel Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles with a diesel engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small a
335. ment cluster a The coolant temperature must be below Checking coolant level 158 F 70 C gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock gt page 137 gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter clockwise to allow excess pressure to Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Er escape Working in the engine compartment poses a T furth jock nisk oP inun gt Turn cap further counter clockwise and remove it Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following If the coolant is at the level of marker bar in the filler neck when cold there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank If the coolant level is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm above marker bar in the filler Mac Maintenance and care neck when warm there is enough coolant in expansion tank gt If necessary add coolant that has been tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap Q and turn it clockwise as far as it will go For further information on coolant see gt page 342 Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer system A WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible
336. mounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine The repair costs are high Notify a qualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system H Take care not to spill any fuel on painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork H Use a filter when refueling from a fuel can Otherwise the fuel lines and or injection system could be blocked by particles from the fuel can Do not get into the vehicle again during the refueling process Otherwise electrostatic charge could build up again If you overfill the fuel tank fuel could spray out when the fuel pump nozzle is removed Flexible Fuel vehicles can be recognized by the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel filler flap Refueling General information Pay attention to the important safety notes gt page 145 The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto matically when you unlock or lock the vehicle with the key or using KEYLESS GO The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed E in the instrument cluster The arrow next to the filling pump indicates the side of the vehicle Opening the fuel filler flap ma Opening the fuel filler flap example Sedan To open the fuel filler flap Q To insert the fuel filler cap Tire pressure table Instruction label for fuel type to be refu
337. mportant safety notes sec tion gt page 75 No steering support is provided by STEER CONTROL if e ESP is malfunctioning e the lighting is faulty Power steering will however continue to function Protection against theft The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey gt To activate with the SmartKey remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To activate with KEYLESS GO switch the ignition off and open the driver s door gt To deactivate switch on the ignition When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Any one can start the engine if a valid SmartKey has been left inside the vehicle The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the engine In the event that the engine cannot be star ted yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Protection against theft gt To arm lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO Indicator lamp flashes The alarm sys tem is armed after approximately 15 seconds gt To disarm unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e a door e the vehicle with the mechanical
338. n 48 mm E 550 4MATIC E Summer tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 4 Only for Sedan 3 Available as MOExtended tires S Wheels and tires Ea Wheel and tire combinations All weather tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Winter tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL MHS A BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm E 63 AMG Summer tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels FA 255 40 ZR18 99 Y XL MO1 FA 9 0 J x 18 H2 RA 285 35 ZR18 101 Y XL MO1 gt Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm R19 Tires Alloy wheels FA 255 35 ZR19 96 Y XL FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 RA 285 30 ZR19 98 Y XL gt 7 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm 6 Not in connection with a ceramic brake system 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes inthe Snow chains section 7 Observe notes on Large wheels under General notes in Wheel tire combinations Wheel and tire combinations Winter tires R18 Tires FA 255 40 R18 99 VXLM S amp RA 255 40 R18 99 VXLM tS A R19 Tires FA 255 35 R19 96VXLM S amp 7 RA 255 35 R19 96 VXLM tS 4 78 FA 255 35 R19 96VXLM tS 4 7 RA 285 30 R19 98 VXLM S 4 27 E 63 AMG S MODEL 4MATIC Summer tires R19 Tires FA 255 35 ZR19 96 Y XL RA 285 30 ZR
339. n adjusting the steering wheel make sure that e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instru ment cluster clearly gt Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts gt page 50 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt 2 properly gt page 52 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoul der e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mir ror and the exterior mirrors in such a way that you have a good view of road and traf fic conditions gt page 117 gt Vehicles with a memory function save the seat steering wheel and exterior mirror settings with the memory function gt page 117 Important sai A WARNING Children could become trapped if they adjust the seats particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The seats can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock Z WARNING If the head restraints are not installed or not adjusted correctly they cannot provide pro tection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with t
340. n authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Unscrew the valve cap from the valve gt Use the back of the valve cap to unscrew the valve insert from the valve and release the air Fully deflating the tires can take a few minutes gt Screw the valve insert back into the valve gt Screw the valve cap back on gt Remove the protective sheet from the vehi cle tool kit and pull it over the collapsible spare wheel gt Stow the collapsible spare wheel in the emergency spare wheel well under the trunk cargo compartment H Inflate the collapsible spare wheel using the tire inflation compressor before lower ing the vehicle The wheel rim could other wise be damaged H Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down K 2 Pat IGATA gt Mount the collapsible spare wheel as described gt page 309 The collapsible spare wheel must be moun ted before it is inflated gt Pull connector and the hose out of the housing gt Remove the cap from the valve on the col lapsible spare wheel gt Screw union nut Q of the hose onto the valve gt Make sure on off switch of the tire inflation compressor is set to 0 gt Insert connector into a 12 V socket gt page 251 in your vehicle Emergency spare whe
341. n on tire pressures can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop Important safety notes A WARNING Tire and Loading Information placard Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the following risks e the tires may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e the tires may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steer ing and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Follow recommended tire inflation pressures and check the pressure of all the tires includ The Tire and Loading Information placard is ing the spare wheel on the B pillar on the driver s side e monthly at least gt page 298 The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires The recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle If necessary correct the tire pressure speed ao r Q Pal TEL Recommended tire pressures e if the load changes e before beginning a long journey e under different operating conditions e g off road driving L Wheels and tires Tire pressure table The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel filler flap COLD TIRE PRESSURE Pa EB Example tire pressure table for all tires permitted for this vehicle by the factory The tire pressu
342. n other than is necessary to ful fill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed You could otherwise cause engine damage or damage to the exhaust gas aftertreatment Follow the instructions in the service inter val display regarding the oil change Other wise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment When handling engine oil observe the impor tant safety notes on service products gt page 337 The engine oils are matched to the perform ance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals You should therefore only use engine oils and oil filters that are approved for vehicles with maintenance systems For a list of approved engine oils and oil filters consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen E Technical data Technical data ter Or visit the website http bevo mercedes benz com The table shows which engine oils have been approved for your vehicle Model MB Approval All models 22955 Use only SAE OW 40 or SAE 5W 40 engine oils for AMG vehicles MB approval is indicated on the oil con tainers Filling capacities The following values refer to an oil change including the oil filter Model Capacity AMG vehicles 9 0 US qt 8 5 I E 550 4MATIC 8 5 US qt 8 0 All other models 6 9 US qt 6 5 I Brake fluid Z WARNING The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from th
343. n the descriptions and illustrations The original purchase agreement lists all sys tems installed in your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Ea Introduction The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Warranty The implied warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and conditions in the Service and Warranty Infor mation booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will replace and repair all factory installed parts in accordance with the following warranty terms and conditions e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tem Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws lemon laws Replacement parts and accessories are cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Acces sories warranties These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and War ranty Information booklet have an author ized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement The new Service and War ranty Information booklet will be posted to you Information for customers in Califor nia Under California law you may be entitled to
344. n your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs 6 available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capa city calculated in step 4 E Wheels and tires En Wheels and tires z Loading the vehicle Example steps 1 to 3 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 298 The greater the combined weight of the occupants the lower the maximum luggage load Step 1 Combined maximum weight of occupants and cargo data from the Tire and Loading Information placard Step 2 Number of people in the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the occupants Weight of the occu pants Gross weight of all occupants Example 1
345. nce Warning eseese 210 BORO ate ES OO 206 ESP OFF erea eE 207 Fuel tank s ccsss ccveicrecesseosnesceterteenss 202 General NOteS ccsscesdscsdsteseesspiscsss 202 OVEIVICW 00 eeeeceseseeeeceeeeeeteeeeseeeeeees 38 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 45 49 Reserve f el 5 5 G ces tees ceaaheeeeeeeeveacy 202 Restraint system seese 208 Seat DEE cs Avdiviesesesstcececsaeesecets ies 202 SPORT handling mode 00 207 Tire pressure MONitOr eee eee 211 Warranty ecra a a 28 Washer fluid Display Message eseeeeeeeereeeees 191 Wheel and tire combination see Tires Wheel bolt tightening torque 313 Wheel Chock n e 310 Wheels Changing a wheel eeeeeeesteees 309 Checking Cleaning Emergency spare wheel General notes Important safety notes Information on driving Interchanging changing Mounting a new wheel Mounting a wheel Removing a wheel Storing Tightening torque Wheel size tire size Window curtain air bag Operation Windows see Side windows Windshield Defrosting Windshield washer fluid see Windshield washer system Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid Important safety notes Windshield wipers Problem malfunction Rear WINdOW WIPEF sses Replacing the wiper blades Switching On Off ce eeeeeeeeseeeeee Winter driving Important safety notes Slippery road surfaces Snow chains Winter operation Radiator COVED anseres Winter tires M S tires Wiper blades Cleaning Impo
346. nd speed conditions Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment The combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not Rim This is the part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side All about wheels and tires Speed rating The speed rating is part of the tire identifica tion It specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants lug gage and the drawbar noseweight if applica ble The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occu pants fuel luggage and the drawbar nose weight if applicable The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle iden tification plate on the B pillar on
347. nderbody when you lock the vehicle H The vehicle is lowered by about 15 mm if e you have selected Comfort tuning e you switch off the engine and then e you lock the vehicle within approximately 60 seconds When parking position your vehicle so that it does not make contact with the curb as the vehicle is lowered Your vehicle could otherwise be damaged If you unlock the vehicle within 60 seconds of having switched the engine off the vehicle is lowered slightly when Comfort suspension mode is selected Your vehicle regulates its height automati cally All round level control ensures the best possible suspension and constant ground Driving systems clearance even with a laden vehicle Further general information on the vehicle level can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Setting the vehicle level Select the Normal setting for normal road surfaces and Raised for driving with snow chains or on particularly poor road surfaces Your selection remains stored even if you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Setting raised level gt Start the engine If indicator lamp Q is not lit gt Press the button Indicator lamp Q lights up The vehicle height is adjusted to raised level The Vehicle Rising message appears in the display The Raised level setting is canceled if you e drive at a speed over approximately 75 mph 120 km h e drive for approximately three minutes at a speed ov
348. ndicator lamps for the direction of travel flash After reset ting the combination switch the hazard warning lamp starts flashing again H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be towed with the rear axle raised The vehicle trailer combination may oth erwise swerve or even roll over H The ignition must be switched off if you are towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised Intervention by ESP could other wise damage the brake system H You may only secure the vehicle by the wheels not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter for transporting purposes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Secure the vehicle Py Roadside Assistance Ea Fuses E Roadside Assistance H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will dam
349. ng You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Steering wheel A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Memory function 117 Z WARNING Children could injure themselves if they adjust the steering wheel There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The electrically adjustable steering wheel can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Adjusting the steering wheel e Steering wheel heating e EASY ENTRY EXIT feature Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Rear view mirror e Exterior mirrors e Automatic anti glare mirrors e Parking position for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side Memory function In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Storing settings e Calling up a stored setting dex Infomation Provide 6 DEALER
350. ng If a risk of lateral collision is detec ted corrective braking may help you avoid a collision Before a course correcting brake application Active Blind Spot Assist evalu ates the space in the direction of travel and at the sides of the vehicle For this Active Blind Spot Assist uses the forward facing radar sensors Active Blind Spot Assist supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h Driving systems ee Important safety notes Radar sensors Active Blind Spot Assist is only an aid andis The Active Blind Spot Assist radar sensors are not a substitute for attentive driving integrated into the front and rear bumpers and behind a cover in the radiator trim Make sure that the bumpers and the cover in the radiator grill are free of dirt ice or slush The e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side rear sensors must not be covered for exam Z WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not react to placing them in the blind spot area ple by cycle racks or overhanging cargo Fol e vehicles which approach with a large speed lowing a severe impact or in the event of dam differential and overtake your vehicle age to the bumpers have the function of the radar sensors checked at a qualified special ist workshop Active Blind Spot Assist may otherwise no longer work properly As a result Active Blind Spot Assist may nei ther give warnings nor intervene in such sit uations There is a risk of an accident bn
351. ng on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not be used to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recommended see the Interior care section e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat cushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats with insulating mate rials e g blankets coats bags seat cov ers child seats or booster seats H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell under or behind the seats when moving the seats back There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be dam aged The head restraints in the front seats are installed with the NECK PRO system gt page 65 For this reason it is not pos sible to remove the head restraints from the front seats Vehicles without the through loading fea ture the head restraints cannot be removed from the rear compartment seats For more information contact a qualified specialist workshop Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Adjusting the seats e Adjusting the head restraints e Adjusting the active multicontour seat e Adjusting the 4 way lumbar suppo
352. ngs turn and press the controller gt Select Route Settings gt Select a route type The route type is used for the next route calculation If Dynamic Traffic Route Dynamic TRF Route After Request or Eco Route has been selected traffic reports on the route are taken into account You can map the route to the destination yourself with up to four intermediate stops Route guidance Navigation announcements and route guid ance displays guide you to your destination The information given relating to destination entry applies to COMAND For information on Audio 20 see the manufacturer s operating instructions Audio 20 COMAND can give incorrect navigation commands if the actual street traffic situation does not correspond with the digital map s data Road and traffic rules and regulations always have priority over system driving recommendations MLEW Before and during a change of direction the map is shown on the left side of the display and a view of the intersection or a 3D image on the right Lane recommendations white directional arrows may be shown at the bot tom of the display for multilane roads Navigation announcements gt To adjust the volume during a navigation announcement turn the control knob gt To switch off during a navigation announcement press the X button on the COMAND control panel Route information gt Show the menu gt page 225 gt To se
353. nition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is interference by other radar sources Driving safety systems e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e avehicle traveling in front on a different line e vehicles quickly moving into the radar sen sor system detection range Recognition by the camera system is also impaired in the event of e dirt on the camera or if the camera is cov ered e there is glare on the camera system e g from the sun being low in the sky e darkness e if pedestrians move quickly e g into the path of the vehicle the camera system no longer recognizes a pedestrian as a person due to special clothing or other objects a pedestrian is concealed by other objects the typical outline of a person is not dis tinguishable from the background Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Following damage to the windshield have the configuration and operation of the camera system checked at a qualified specialist work shop Function To avoid a collision BAS PLUS cal
354. nnection point is in the engine compartment gt page 279 gt Open the hood gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and ground point in the same order as when connecting the donor bat tery in the jump starting procedure gt page 279 If the indicator warning lamps do not light up at low temperatures it is very likely that the discharged battery has frozen In this case you may neither charge the battery nor jump start the vehicle The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting char acteristics may be impaired especially at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Never charge a battery still installed in the vehicle unless a battery charger unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used A battery charger unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available as an accessory It permits the charging of the bat tery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information and availability Read the battery charger s operating instructions before charging the battery Jump starting Jump starting For the jump starting procedure use only the jump starting connection point consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point in the engine compartment A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with skin eye
355. nning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e PRE SAFE is no longer available nor is it activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes Driving safety systems Safety 1 fe Driving safety systems Safety li PRE SAFE Brake is no longer available it is also not activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e ESP still provides support when you brake firmly ESP trailer stabilization General information If your vehicle trailer combination begins to swerve ESP assists you in this situation ESP slows the vehicle down by braking and limiting the engine output until the vehicle trailer combination has stabilized Important safety notes A WARNING If road and weather conditions are poor trailer stabilization will not be able to prevent the vehicle trailer combination from swerv ing Trailers with a high center of gravity can tip over before ESP can detect this There is a risk of an accident Always adapt your driving style to the prevail ing road and weather conditions If your vehicle with trailer vehicle trailer combination begins to lurch you can only stabilize the vehicle trailer combination by depressing the brake firmly ESP trailer stabilization is active above speeds of about 65 km h ESP trailer stabilization does not work if ESP is deactivated or disabled because of a malfunc
356. not touch the air bag parts Have a deployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop as soon as possible Z WARNING A deployed air bag no longer offers any pro tection and cannot provide the intended pro tection in an accident There is an increased risk of injury Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special ist workshop in order to have a deployed air bag replaced It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash Z WARNING Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices that have been deployed are no longer opera tional and are unable to perform their inten ded protective function This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Therefore have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten sioning Devices which have been triggered immediately replaced at a qualified specialist workshop An electric motor is used by PRE SAFE to trigger the tightening of the seat belt in haz ardous situations This procedure is reversi ble If Emergency Tensioning Devices are trig gered or air bags are deployed you will hear a bang and a small amount of powder may also be released The amp ing lamp lights up Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is release
357. nt Always have the prescribed service mainte nance work as well as any required repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system There is a risk of fire When driving off road or on unpaved roads check the vehicle s underside regularly In particular remove parts of plants or other flammable materials which have become trapped In the case of damage contact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Modifications to electronic components their software as well as wiring can impair their function and or the function of other net worked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as inten ded and or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle There is an increased risk of an accident and injury Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec tronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and elec tronic equipment carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road e you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations like this the body the under carriage c
358. nt situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Safety E Window curtain air bags Example Sedan Window curtain air bags Q are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deployed in the area from the A pillar to the C pillar When deployed the window curtain air bag enhances the level of protection for the head However it does not protect the chest or arms In the event of a side impact the window cur tain air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs If the system determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt a window curtain air bag may be deployed in other accident situations gt page 63 Sf Occupant safety Safety IS Occupant Classification System OCS Introduction The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the person in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the pelvis air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices Prerequisites To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt fastened correctly e in an almost upright position with their back against the seat backrest e with their feet resting on the floor if possi ble If the front passenger does
359. ntion to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating Audio 20 COMAND Audio 20 COMAND calculates the route to the destination without taking account of the following for example e traffic lights e stop and yield signs e merging lanes e parking or stopping in a no parking no stopping zone e other road and traffic rules and regulations e narrow bridges Audio 20 COMAND can give incorrect navi gation commands if the actual street traffic situation does not correspond with the digital map s data Digital maps do not cover all areas nor all routes in an area For example a route may have been diverted or the direction of a one way street may have changed For this reason you must always observe road and traffic rules and regulations during your journey Road and traffic rules and reg ulations always have priority over the sys tem s driving recommendations Navigation announcements are intended to direct you while driving without diverting your attention from the road and driving Please always use this feature instead of con sulting the map display for directions Look ing at the icons or map display can distract you from traffic conditions and driving and increase the risk of an accident Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle covers a distance of
360. ntly of the use of the seat belt and independently of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e Emergency Tensioning Device if the sys tem determines that deployment can offer additional protection in this situation e Window curtain air bags on the driver s and front passenger side in certain situations when the vehicle rolls over if the system determines that deployment can offer addi tional protection to that provided by the seat belt Not all air bags are deployed in an acci dent The different air bag systems work independently of each other Occupant safety Ea How the air bag system works is deter protection will not be available in the event of mined by the severity of the accident detec another rear end collision You can see that a ted especially the vehicle deceleration or NECK PRO head restraint NECK PRO luxury acceleration and the apparent type of acci head restraint has been triggered if it is tilted dent forward and can no longer be adjusted e frontal collision Mercedes Benz recommends that you have e side impact the functionality of the NECK PRO head eallover restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a rear end collision Resetting a triggered NECK PRO head restraint NECK PRO luxury head Important safety notes restraint Z WARNING NECK PRO head restraints The function of the head restraint may be impaired if you e attach objects
361. o on the rear view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches 5 to 20 cm gt Press and hold button on remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programming is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro gramming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt page 257 gt Release button on remote control for the garage door drive system If indicator lamp lights up red repeat the programing procedure for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control 6 and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Synchronizing the rolling code Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 257 If the garage door system uses a rolling code you will also have to synchronize the garage 7 Stowage and features Se Features E Stowage and features door system with the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror To do this you will need to use the programming button on the door drive control panel The program ming button may be positioned in different places depending on the manufacturer It is usually located on the d
362. oceed carefully and get a second person assist to you Alternatively you can use a second align ment bolt H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt ie E E Pt WET N gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces gt Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the alignment bolt and push it on gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin ger tight gt Unscrew the alignment bolt gt Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger tight gt Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel inflate the collapsible spare wheel gt page 331 Only then lower the vehicle Lowering the vehicle Z WARNING The wheels could work loose if the wheel nuts and bolts are not tightened to the specified tightening torque There is a risk of accident E Wheels and tires Have the tightening torque immediately checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a wheel is changed H Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel before lowering the vehicle inflate the collapsible spare wheel with the tire inflation compressor The wheel rim could otherwise be damaged Wheel and tire combinations e Wheels and tires gt Turn the crank of the jack counter clock wise until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the ground gt Place the jack to one side gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross wise pattern in the
363. ode and SmartKey operation when the transmission is in position P gt Remove Start Stop button Q from ignition lock You do not have to remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock when you leave the vehicle You should however always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehi cle As long as the SmartKey is in the vehicle e the vehicle can be started using the Start Stop button e the electrically powered equipment can be operated r PE Starting the engine Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation A WARNING Flammable
364. of 80 km h 80 mph apply with an unknown restriction Speed limits in wet conditions Maximum permitted speed Additional signs for wet conditions A maximum permitted speed of 80 mph 80 km h applies in wet conditions and if Traffic Sign Assist has determined that the restriction must be observed Canceling the speed limit The speed limit no longer applies Q The unit for the speed limit km h or mph depends on the country in which you are driving It is generally neither shown on the traffic sign nor on the instrument cluster but must be taken into account when observing the maximum permitted speed Lane Tracking package General notes The Lane Tracking package consists of Blind Spot Assist gt page 178 and Lane Keeping Assist gt page 179 Driving systems _ Driving and parking Blind Spot Assist General notes Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system to monitor the areas on both sides of your vehicle It supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the moni tored area If you then switch on the corre sponding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive an optical and audible collision warning Blind Spot Assist uses sensors in the rear bumper for monitoring purposes Important safety notes A WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely
365. olant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic a On board computer and displays hl Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A You are approaching a vehicle a pedestrian or a stationary obsta The red distance warn Cle in your line of travel at too high a speed ing lamp lights up while Be prepared to brake immediately the vehicle is in motion pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to A a tone also brake or take evasive action sounds Observe the additional information on PRE SAFE Brake gt page 84 Observe the additional information on the distance warning func tion of COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 78 On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ae Tires Problem 0 The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction is lit The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit Possible causes consequences and gt Solut
366. om children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Tank capacity The total capacity of the fuel tank may vary depending on the equipment in the vehicle Model Total capacity AMG vehicles 17 4 US gal 66 0 I or 21 1 US gal 80 0 I All other models 21 1 US gal 80 0 I Model Of which reserve AMG vehicles Approx 3 7 US gal 14 0 I All other models Approx 2 4 US gal 9 0 I so Service products and filling capacities Gasoline Fuel grade H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Only refuel using unleaded premium grade gasoline with at least 91 AKI 95 RON H Only use the fuel recommended Operat ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead to engine failure H Do not use t
367. on tact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc ES Introduction 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notify ing Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Limited Warranty E Follow the instructions in this manual about the pro
368. on This function adjusts the driver s and front passenger seat belt to the upper body of the occupants The belt strap is tightened slightly when e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle and e the ignition is switched on The seat belt adjustment will apply a certain retraction force if any slack is detected between the vehicle occupant and the seat belt Do not hold on to the seat belt tightly while it is adjusting ea Occupant safety Safety J You can switch the seat belt adjustment on and off in the on board computer Belt warning for the driver and front passenger The amp seat belt warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is a reminder that all vehicle occupants must wear their seat belts It may light up continuously or flash In addition there may be a warning tone Regardless of whether the driver s seat belt has already been fastened the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine is started If after six seconds the driver or front passenger seat belt has not been fastened and the doors are closed the amp seat belt warning lamp lights up As soon as the driver s and front passenger seat belts are fastened or a front door is opened again the 4 seat belt warning lamp goes out If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound This warning tone stops after six seconds or when the driver s se
369. on on Audio 20 see the manufacturer s operating instructions Setting the map scale Requirement the map is in full screen mode the menu is faded out gt page 225 gt Turn the controller until the desired scale is set Moving the map Requirement the map is in full screen mode the menu is faded out gt page 225 gt Slide tO or the controller The crosshair is shown The map moves in the corresponding direction under the crosshair Pressing the controller selects a destina tion in the map Selecting map orientation gt Show the menu gt page 225 gt To select Options turn and press the con troller gt Select Map Orientation The e dot indicates the current setting gt Turn and press the controller The map orientation is set Building images and elevation modeling In small map scales 20 m 50 m important buildings are depicted realistically on the map other buildings are shown as models Selected cities are realistically depicted using elevation modeling Calling up the online map display Requirement a mobile phone with a data package must be connected to COMAND gt Show the menu gt page 225 gt Slide t the controller twice gt Press the controller The navigation menu appears gt Turn the controller until Onl ine Map Dis play is brought to the front gt Press the controller The online connection is established Once the connection is establish
370. on the road If no vehicle is detected in the adjacent lane and broken lane markings are detected no lane correcting brake application is made Warning vibration in the steering wheel A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steer ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Lane correcting brake application A WARNING A lane correcting brake application cannot always bring the vehicle back into the original lane There is a risk of an accident Always steer brake or accelerate yourself especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist warns you or makes a lane correcting brake appli cation Z WARNING Active Lane Keeping Assist only detects traf fic conditions or road users to a limited extent In very rare cases the system may make an inappropriate brake application e g after intentionally driving over a solid lane marking There is a risk of an accident An inappropriate brake application may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction Always make sure that there is sufficient distance on the side for other traffic or obstacles Example Sedan If you leave your lane under certain circum stances the vehicle will brake briefly on one side This is meant to assist you in bringing the vehicle back to the original lane If a lane correcting brake application occurs display Q appears in the multifunction dis
371. on to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important safety notes Z WARNING Hybrid vehicles be sure to read the HYBRID supplement Otherwise you could fail to rec ognize dangers Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS does not react to e people or animals e stationary obstacles on the road e g stop ped or parked vehicles e oncoming and crossing traffic 6 gt As aresult DISTRONIC PLUS may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS cannot always clearly iden tify other road users and complex traffic sit uations In such cases DISTRONIC PLUS may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e neither give a warning nor intervene e accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Continue to drive carefully and be ready to brake in particular when warned to do so by DISTRONIC PLUS WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with up to 50 of the maximum possible deceleration If this braking force is insufficient DISTRONIC PLUS warns you visually and audibly There is a risk of an accident In such cases apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action E If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent
372. onic Traction System see ETS 4ETS Electronic Trac tion System 4MATIC permanent all wheel drive FUNCHION NOLES sescsseeesescsesseaeees 168 12 V socket see Sockets 115 V socket 20 0 0 eceeccceeceeeeeees 251 360 camera CIGAMING ssscsesscstetsseseassereseseeesheasss 268 FUNCtION NOTES cceceeseseeeeerenees 173 ABS Anti lock Braking System Display message ssec 192 FUNCtION NOTES sessies 75 Warning lamp eseesseeeeeseeeeeeeeees 205 Access data of the mobile phone network provider Making GntrieS c ssccccscseccsencencssbesss 234 Selecting vsrcscsesecrsserscosecvenseseensreoesn 233 Accident Automatic measures after an acci ol a eee ie ere rece E 67 Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification 133 Active Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating on board computer 00 eee eeseeeeeeeeeees 190 Display message ee eeeeeeseeseeeeees 191 Function information c cee 180 Active Driving Assistance package 180 Active Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating on board COMPULEN sssseseseessese cesses 190 Display message eeeeeeeeteeeeees 191 Function information ccee 183 Active multicontour seat 116 Active Parking Assist Display message ee eeeeeeseetee tees 191 FUNCtION NOTES cceceeseseeeeeesenees 170 Important safety notes 0 170 ADAPTIVE BRAKE o ae 84 Adaptiv
373. oor drive unit on the garage ceiling Familiarize yourself with the garage door drive operating instructions e g under Pro gramming of additional remote controls before carrying out the following steps Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage door or gate opener drive Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons objects are present within the sweep of the door or gate gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 137 gt Get out of the vehicle gt Press the programming button on the door drive unit Usually you now have 30 seconds to ini tiate the next step gt Get into the vehicle gt Press previously programmed button 2 or on the integrated garage door opener until the door closes The rolling code synchronization is then complete Notes on programming the remote con trol Canadian radio frequency laws require a break or interruption of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds Therefore these signals may not last long enough for the integrated garage door opener The signal is not recognized during programming Comparable with Canadian law some U S garage door openers also fea ture a break Proceed as follows e if you live in Canada e if you have difficulties programming the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programming steps gt Press and hold one of buttons 2 to on the inte
374. or lamp must light up for approximately six seconds The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp then displays the status of the front passenger front air bag If the status of the front passenger front air bag changes while the vehicle is in motion an air bag display message may appear in the instrument clus ter gt page 198 When the front passenger seat is occupied always pay attention to the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp Be aware of the status of the front passenger front air bag both before and during the jour ney If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp e is lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident e does not light up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed Z WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform its intended protective function A person in the front passenger seat could then for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior espe cially if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front
375. or s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Panic alarm Panat F7Er 31 gt To activate press the Panic button for approximately one second Avisual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed gt To deactivate press the again PANIC button or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button The SmartKey must be in the vehicle The restraint system can reduce the risk of vehicle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident The restraint system can also reduce the forces to which vehicle occupants are subjected during an accident The restraint system comprises e Seat belt system e Air bags e Child restraint system e Child seat securing systems The components of the restraint system work in conjunction with each other They can only deploy their protective function if at all times all vehicle occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly gt page 51 e have adju
376. original position The current transmission position P R N or D appears in the transmis sion position display in the multifunction dis play You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Transmission position and drive program display e Engaging park position P e Engaging park position P automatically e Engaging reverse gear R e Engaging drive position D Shifting to neutral N Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children gt If the transmission is in position D or R push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance
377. ork provider Input field User ID Password Auto DNS DNS1 DNS2 Radio mode Switching to gt Press the RADIO Meaning The user identification can be obtained from your mobile phone network provider Entry is not necessary for all mobile phone network providers The password can be obtained from your mobile phone network provider Entry is not necessary for all mobile phone network providers Automatic allocation of DNS servers is activated If the function is deactiva ted the DNS server addresses must be entered manually DNS Domain Name Service Fields for entering the DNS server addresses manually The address can be obtained from your mobile phone network provider button The radio display appears You will hear the last station played on the last waveband selected Audio 20 COMAND operating system Overview PRLS REI Example COMAND Main function bar Status bar with compass display Main display field with available stations and relevant information Display of radio station selected Radio menu bar Selecting the main function bar gt Slide t the controller Selecting the menu bar gt Slide the controller Menu options gt In radio mode slide the controller The radio menu bar appears gt To select Options turn and press the con troller The following setting options are availa ble to you e Tag This Track s
378. ow roads drive as close to the park ing space as possible e Parking spaces that are littered or over grown might be identified or measured incorrectly e Parking spaces that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be identified as such or be measured incorrectly e Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parking space being measured inaccurately e Pay attention to the PARKTRONIC gt page 170 warning messages during the parking procedure e Youcan intervene in the steering procedure to correct it at any time Active Parking Assist will then be canceled e When transporting a load which protrudes from your vehicle you should not use Active Parking Assist e Never use Active Parking Assist when snow chains are installed e Make sure that the tire pressures are always correct This has a direct influence on the parking characteristics of the vehi cle Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces e parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are on straight roads not bends e that are on the same level as the road e g not on the pavement Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Detecting parking spaces e Parking e Exiting a parking space e Canceling Active Parking Assist Rear view camera General notes Example Sedan Rear view camera 1 is an optical parking and maneuvering
379. p the Media menu Inserts and removes a CD from the single drive if sin gle drive available Selects the previous station from the station list Skips backwards to a track Loads ejects CDs if but ton available A Single drive Clear button e Deletes characters e Deletes an entry Selects the next station from the station list Skips forwards to a track Function Number pad e Saves a station e Authorizes connects a mobile phone e Telephone number entry e Searches for a contact Selects stations by entering the frequency manually Selects a track Switches Audio 20 on off Adjusts the volume Inserts removes an SD memory card Accepts a Call Makes a call Redial Accepts a new call when a callis being made call wait ing Rejects a call Ends an active call Audio 20 COMAND operating system Ea Audio 20 control panel na Q zZ lt oO O So N 2 gej lt x UV 0a i Bbb whe v is 190 23 N bbe E Audio 20 COMAND Function Page 3 Switches the sound on or off Switches off navigation announcements Calls up the sound menu Switches to navigation mode a Buttons and controller Overview Clear button Switches the display on off Favorites button if available Back button Controller Instead of the display on off button the vehi cle may be equipped
380. pare if provided should be checked at least once every two weeks when cold and inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire pres sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire pressure label you should determine the proper tire pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale lights up you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underin flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres sure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
381. penings in base plate 3 Securing the vehicle on level ground example Sedan gt On level ground place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients example Sedan gt On light downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle Raising the vehicle A WARNING If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised There is a risk of injury Only position the jack at the appropriate jack ing point of the vehicle The base of the jack must be positioned vertically directly under the jacking point of the vehicle Changing a wheel H The jack is designed exclusively for jack ing up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged Observe the following when raising the vehi cle e To raise the vehicle only use the vehicle specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz If used incor rectly the jack could tip over with the vehi cle raised The jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed It is not suited for per forming maintenance work under the vehi cle Avoid changing the wheel on uphill and downhill slopes Befor
382. per operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions is not covered either by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty OR codes for the rescue card The QR codes are secured in the fuel filler flap and on the opposite side on the B pillar In the event of an accident rescue services can use the QR code to quickly find the appropriate rescue card for your vehicle The current res cue card contains the most important infor mation about your vehicle in a compact form e g the routing of the electric cables You can find more information under https portal aftersales i daimler com public content asportal en communication informationen_fuer QRCode html Data stored in the vehicle Data recording This vehicle is capable of recording diagnostic information relating to vehicle operation mal functions and user settings This may include information about the performance or status of various systems including but not limited to engine throttle steering or brake sys tems that is stored and can be read out with suitable devices particularly when the vehi cle is serviced The data obtained is used to properly diagnose and service your vehicle or to further optimize and develop vehicle func tions COMAND mbrace Canada TELEAID If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or mbrace
383. perate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Child proof locks for the rear doors Child proof lock rear door example Sedan You secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured with a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened from the outside gt To activate press the child proof lock lever up in the direction of arrow Q gt Make sure that the child proof
384. perator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 SmartKey bo D O D bo ic Q O Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Z WARNING If you attach heavy or large objects to the SmartKey the SmartKey could be uninten tionally turned in the ignition lock This could cause the engine to be switched off There is a risk of an accident 4 iir Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the SmartKey Remove any bulky key rings before inserting the S
385. play gt Drive on carefully gt Have the restraint system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the additional information on restraint systems gt page 48 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster a Engine Problem z The red coolant warn ing lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C The air flow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low Z WARNING The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 265 gt If you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine co
386. pressures are saved as new reference values As a result a warning message will appear if the tire pres sure drops significantly The tire pressure monitor does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 291 The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers ao A Tire pressure e Wheels and tires The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat ing a pressure loss or malfunction Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indi cates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is signif icantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for around a minute and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning In addition to the warning lamp a message appears in the multifunction display Observe the information on display messages gt page 200 It may take up to ten minutes for a malfunc tion of the tire pressure monitor to be indica ted A malfunction will be indicate
387. r gt Remove the seat cushions of the folding bench seat see the Digital Operator s Man ual keyword Folding bench seat cargo compartment gt Lift the cargo compartment floor up Emergency spare wheel Ea Emergency spare wheel c Q e Wheels and tires Removing the emergency spare wheel Sedan AAO tiea Example equipment and country specific varia tions possible gt Remove vehicle tool kit tray gt Turn stowage well 2 counter clockwise and remove it gt Remove Minispare emergency spare wheel Removing the emergency spare wheel Wagon Example emergency spare wheel gt Remove vehicle tool kit tray by recess 2 gt Remove Minispare emergency spare wheel Emergency spare wheel Removing the emergency spare wheel AMG vehicles gt Reach into cutout Q in the tool holder and lift it up gt Remove collapsible spare wheel 2 Always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Mounting a wheel section gt page 309 Stowing a used collapsible spare wheel H Only place the collapsible spare wheel in the vehicle when it is dry Otherwise mois ture may get into the vehicle Take the following steps to stow a used col lapsible spare wheel It will not otherwise fit into the spare wheel well Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work per formed at a qualified specialist workshop e g at a
388. r electronic components are loca ted in the wheel Tire mounting tools should not be used near the valve This could damage the elec tronic components Only have tires changed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Changing a wheel Always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Mounting a wheel section gt page 309 The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the inter vals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3 000 to 6 000 miles 5 000 to 10 000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Do not change the direction of wheel rotation Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressure and reac tivate the tire pressure monitor if necessary gt page 297 Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning These advantages can only be gained if the tires are installed correspond ing to the direction of rotation An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation Store
389. r left hand side example The sensors must be free from dirt ice or slush They can otherwise not function cor rectly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 268 Range it Example top view Driving systems __ Driving and parking Front sensors Center Approx 40 in approx 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in approx 60 cm Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in approx 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in approx 80 cm Minimum distance Center Approx 8 in approx 20 cm Corners Approx 6 in approx 15 cm If there is an obstacle within this range the relevant warning displays light up and a warn ing tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Warning displays e Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC e Problems with PARKTRONIC Active Parking Assist E General notes Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound It measures the road on both sides of the vehicle A parking symbol indicates a suitable parking space Active steering intervention and brake application can assist you during parking You may also use PARKTRONIC gt page 168 The active braking application is only available on vehicles with automatic tr
390. r accelerate yourself especially if Active Blind Spot Assist warns you or makes a course correcting brake appli cation Always maintain a safe distance at the sides Example Sedan If a course correcting brake application occurs red warning lamp Q flashes in the exterior mirror and a dual warning tone sounds In addition display appears in the multifunction display underlining the danger of a side collision In very rare cases the system may make an inappropriate brake application An inappro priate course correcting brake application may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction or acceler ate for example The course correcting brake application is available in the speed range between 20 mph 30 km h and 120 mph 200 km h Either no braking application or a course correcting brake application adapted to the driving situation occurs if e there are vehicles or obstacles e g crash barriers located on both sides of your vehi cle e avehicle approaches you too closely at the side Driving systems e you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds e you Clearly brake or accelerate e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP or PRE SAFE Brake e ESP is switched off e a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire is detected Information in the Digital Operator s Man ual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on
391. ral locking unlocking SmartKey ierocis Control panel sssiissssisissiriisevess Display message eere Emergency locking s scsssisiseriesssessssss Emergency unlocking eseese Important safety notes s Opening from inside eee Drinking and driving 00 Drive program AUtOM ALC cc c ccc as nrc Display sssccsscccsssssacssbesesotaustesocsisticass Display DIRECT SELECT lever Manali ssc sscccstsscsrssatseaheseiesccatteaeai Manual AMG vehicles 4 SETUP on board computer Drive program selector Driver s door see Doors Driving abroad Mercedes Benz Service s es Driving on flooded roads Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System ADAPTIVE BRAKE ossee Adaptive Brake Assist sseee BAS Brake Assist System 4 BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic ASSISE EEE ET COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Distance warning function EBD electronic brake force distri DUTON sevsvecsaeescvevivevaseeicssecesversestecszs3 ESP Electronic Stability Pro AMM lt 0 seca E sees stesteseanedsatenseceee ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction SV SLEMMN EEEE Important safety information OVERVIEW escicsescendscecsseest estescesesagpomes PRE SAFE Brake cscscsssssseseseseseeeees 84 STEER CONTROL wiscssccceccecccsdieseeatecs 86 Driving systems SOO Came Aane E 173 Active Blind Spot Assist 180
392. ral notes Z WARNING Hybrid vehicles be sure to read the HYBRID supplement Otherwise you could fail to rec ognize dangers Depending on your driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 liters of oil per 600 miles 1 000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds Depending on the engine the oil dipstick may be in a different location When checking the oil level e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for approximately five minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature e if the engine is not at normal operating temperature e g if the engine was only started briefly wait about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement fra Maintenance and care eed Maintenance and care stick Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Example vehicles with a diesel engine gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly slide oil dipstick Q into the guide tube to the stop and take it out again If the level is between MIN mark and MAX mark the oil level is
393. rator s Manual Occupant safety Ea gt page 68 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installa tion instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 58 Z WARNING The seat belts may not perform their intended protective function if Safety i e they are damaged modified extremely dirty bleach or dyed e the seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty e the Emergency Tensioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels have been modi fied Seat belts may sustain non visible damage in an accident e g due to glass splinters Modi fied or damaged seat belts may tear or fail e g in an accident Modified Emergency Ten sioning Devices could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy when necessary This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify the seat belts Emergency Ten sioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels Make sure that the seat belts are undamaged not worn out and clean Follow ing an accident have the seat belts checked immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz Any such modifications could invalidate the vehicle s general operating permit Proper use of the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 50 All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seat belt co
394. rd s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Introduction kar Diagnostics connection The diagnostics connection is only intended for the connection of diagnostic equipment at a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING If you connect equipment to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle it may affect the operation of the vehicle systems As a result the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected There is a risk of an accident Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos tics connection in the vehicle A WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another H If the engine is switched off and equip ment on the diagnostics connection is used the starter battery may discharge Connecting equipment to the diagnostics connection can lead to emissions monitoring information being reset for example T
395. rds you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is activated The first time it is activated the current speed is stored Otherwise it sets the vehicle cruise speed to the previously stored value Driving with DISTRONIC PLUS Pulling away and driving gt If you want to pull away with DISTRONIC PLUS remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or gt Accelerate briefly Your vehicle pulls away and adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front If no vehicle is detected in front your vehi cle accelerates to the set speed The vehicle can also pull away when it is facing an unidentified obstacle or is driving ona different line from another vehicle The vehicle then brakes automatically There is arisk of an accident Be ready to brake at all times oo i a To oY S k m a Driving systems __ Driving and parking If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front has slowed down it brakes your vehicle In this way the distance you have selected is maintained If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a faster moving vehicle in front it increases the driving speed However the vehicle is only accelerated up to the speed you have stored Selecting the drive program DISTRONIC PLUS supports a sporty driving
396. re is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department Ea Engine compartment Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all Z WARNING The engine compartment contains moving components Certain components such as the radiator fan may continue to run or start again suddenly when the ignition is off There is a risk of injury If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment e switch off the ignition e never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from moving components such as the fan rotation area e remove jewelry and watches e keep items of clothing and hair for exam ple away from moving parts A WARNING The ignition system and the fuel injection sys tem work under high voltage If you touch components which are under voltage you could get an electric shock There is a risk of injury Never touch components of the ignition sys tem or fuel injection system when the ignition is switched on A WARNING Hybrid vehicles be sure to read the HYBRID supplement Otherwise you could fail to rec ognize dangers Opening the hood A WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust
397. re pressure Pay particular attention to dam age such as e cuts in the tires e punctures e tears in the tires e bulges on tires e deformation or severe corrosion on wheels Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 289 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Do not use any other valve caps or systems e g tire pressure monitoring systems Regularly check the pressure of all the tires particularly prior to long trips Adjust the tire pressure as necessary gt page 291 Observe the notes on the emergency spare wheel gt page 329 The service life of tires depends among other things on the following factors e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance covered Z WARNING Insufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction The tire is no longer able to dissipate water This means that on wet road surfaces the risk of hydroplaning increases in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving con ditions There is a risk of accident If the tire pressure is too high or too low tires may exhibit different levels of wear at differ ent locations on the tire
398. re table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions kama hrima eT Tu E Le e eel Pas Ob r EBREJI Example tire pressure table with tire dimensions If a tire size precedes a tire pressure the tire pressure information following is only valid for that tire size The load conditions partially laden and fully laden are defined in the table for different numbers of occupants and amounts of luggage The actual number of seats may differ ae Tire pressure Satoh PE AE Bt Some tire pressure tables show only the rim diameters instead of the full tire size e g R18 The rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall gt page 303 If the tire pressures have been set to the lower values for lighter loads and or lower road speeds the pressures should be reset to the higher values e if you want to drive with an increased load and or e if you want to drive at higher road speeds The tire pressures for increased loads and or higher road speeds shown in the tire pressure table may have a negative effect on driving comfort If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified spe cialist workshop Important notes on tire pressure Z WARNING If the tire pressure drops repeatedly t
399. release and slide belt outlet downwards gt Let go of belt outlet release in the desired position and make sure that the belt outlet engages All seat belts in the vehicle with the exception of the driver s seat belt and the seat belt on the folding bench seat in the cargo compart ment are equipped with a special seat belt retractor to which a child restraint system can be secured Further information can be found under Special seat belt retractor gt page 69 Seat belt for the center rear seat If the left hand rear seat backrest is folded down and back up again the rear center seat belt may lock The seat belt can then not be pulled out gt To release the rear center seat belt pull the seat belt out approximately 1 in 25 mm at the belt outlet on the backrest and then release it again The seat belt is retracted and released Occupant safety Releasing seat belts H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Dam aged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt Press release button Q hold belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards belt outlet Seat belt adjustment The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience functi
400. res of the wrong size are used the wheel brakes or suspension components may be damaged There is a risk of an acci dent Always replace wheels and tires with those that fulfill the specifications of the original part When replacing wheels make sure to use the correct e designation e model When replacing tires make sure to use the correct e designation e manufacturer e model Z WARNING A flat tire severely impairs the driving steer ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle There is a risk of accident Tires without run flat characteristics e do not drive with a flat tire e immediately replace the flat tire with your emergency spare wheel or spare wheel or consult a qualified specialist workshop _ 5 Tires with run flat characteristics e pay attention to the information and warn ing notices on MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are not being used correctly can impair the operating safety Before purchasing and using non approved accessories visit a qualified specialist work shop and ask about e suitability e legal stipulations e factory recommendations Information on the sizes and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found under Wheel tire combinations gt page 314 Information on tire pressure can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on t
401. res with excessively high pressure can burst because they are damaged more easily by road debris potholes etc In addition they also suffer from irregular wear which can severely impair the braking properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all the tires including the spare wheel Overinflated tires may e increase the braking distance e adversely affect handling Tire pressure ae E Wheels and tires be Wheels and tires e wear excessively and or unevenly e have an adverse effect on ride comfort e be more susceptible to damage Maximum tire pressures Example maximum permissible tire pres sure Never exceed the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure Always observe the rec ommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure gt page 291 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Important safety notes Observe the notes on tire pressure gt page 291 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap e in the Tire pressure section Ea Tire pressure Checking tire pressures manually To determine and set the correct tire pres sure proceed as follows gt Remove the v
402. restraint position accordingly Always make sure that the shoul der belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and down wards from the vehicle belt outlet If neces sary adjust the vehicle belt outlet and the front passenger seat accordingly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Child proof locks Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are traveling in the vehicle they could e open doors thus endangering other people or road users e exit the vehicle and be caught by oncoming traffic e operate vehicle equipment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury Always activate the child proof locks and override feature if children are traveling in the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the key with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Children in the vehicle A Y Ge N Children in the vehicle Safety Override feature for e the rear doors gt page 74 e the rear side windows gt page 74 Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may o
403. ring index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface Tread wear indicators Narrow bars tread wear bars that are dis tributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of io in 1 6 mm has been reached Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Total load limit Nominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg 150 Ibs multiplied by the number of seats in the vehicle Changing a wheel The Breakdown assistance section gt page 271 contains information and notes on how to deal with a flat tire Information on driving with MOExtended tires in the event of a flat tire can be found under MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics gt page 272 Vehicle with emergency spare wheel in the event of a flat tire the emergency spare wheel is mounted as described under Mount ing a wheel gt page 309 Z WARNING Interchanging the front and rear wheels may severely impair the driving characteristics if the wheels or tires have different dimensions The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged There is a risk of acci dent Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions H On vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monito
404. ring light function Display message es eeeeeseereeeeees 191 FUNCtION NOTES cceeseseeeeesseeees 121 Crash responsive emergency light WINS sc E E E E ET 123 Cruise control Activation conditions 0 0 00 ee 156 Cruise control lever sssri 156 Deactivating oo eeceeessceeseeeeeeeneeees 156 Display MeSSage se eeeeeeeeeteeeeees 191 Driving system sesser 155 Function notes eceeseseeeeesseaees 155 Important safety notes s s s 155 Selecting rreren 156 Setting a SPCEM s scesrveeeevsnseses 156 Storing and maintaining current SPOO cs cesestsecsscnss sacs sncesedeaseceatvescestes 156 Cup holder Center Console seson 251 Important safety notes s s s 251 Rear CompartMent eeeeseeseeees 251 Customer Assistance Center CAG EAE EEEE TETA 32 Customer Relations Department 32 Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data see Technical data Daytime running lamps Display message ssec 191 Switching on off on board com PUTET s52 cccvevevveyintvecevectavasdvceisvecicis 190 Switching on off switch 44 124 Declarations of conformity 31 DEF PACING ee E 149 Filing G patity scrire 341 Important safety notes 0 341 Delayed switch off Exterior lighting on board com PUTED E EET 190 Interior lighting eseeccseerereee 190 Diagnostics connection 0 31 Diesel ecoieoiiisiestpipsi tscseaesebesaiecaes 339 Digital Operator s Manual Help
405. ring range are then not indicated NUR in GACH cm HFa CE i _ ET ey PIT LI Example Sedan Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if there are vehicles driving at the inner edge of their lanes Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warning is canceled when driving for an extended period next to long vehicles such as trucks The two radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the sides of the rear bumper Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt ice or slush in the vicinity of the sensors The sensors must not be covered for exam ple by cycle racks or overhanging loads Fol lowing a severe impact or in the event of dam age to the bumpers have the function of the sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may otherwise not work properly Indicator and warning display Indicator lamp yellow Warning lamp red Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated When Blind
406. ront wheel passes over alane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steer ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Driving and parking Ga Driving systems lL Driving and parking Important safety notes Z WARNING Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings In this case Lane Keeping Assist may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and stay in lane in particular if warned by Lane Keeping Assist A WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist warning does not return the vehicle to the original lane There is a risk of an accident You should always steer brake or accelerate yourself in particular if warned by Lane Keep ing Assist If you fail to adapt your driving style Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Lane Keeping Assist is merely an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehicle in the lane The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e
407. rrectly before beginning the jour ney Also make sure that all vehicle occu pants are always wearing the seat belt cor rectly while the vehicle is in motion Ea Occupant safety A Y u N When fastening the seat belt always make sure that e the seat belt tongue is only inserted to the belt buckle belonging to that seat e the seat belt is tight across your body Avoid wearing bulky clothing e g a winter coat e the seat belt is not twisted Only then can the forces which occur be distributed over the area of the belt e the shoulder section of the belt is always routed across the center of your shoulder The shoulder section of the belt must not come into contact with your neck or be routed under your arm Where possible adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height the lap belt passes tightly and as low down as possible across your lap The lap belt must always be routed across your hip joints and not across your abdo men This applies particularly to pregnant women If necessary push the lap belt down to your hip joint and pull it tight using the shoulder section of the belt the seat belt is not routed across sharp pointed or fragile objects If you have such items located on or in your clothing e g pens keys or eyeglasses store these in a suitable place only one person is using a seat belt at a time Infants and children must never travel sit ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant In the
408. rrow until the roller sunblinds are fully closed gt Keep the E switch pulled for an addi tional second gt Make sure that the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt page 108 and the roller sunblinds gt page 109 can be fully opened again gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again Sliding sunroof An Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sunroof Z WARNING If you close the sliding sunroof again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the sliding sunroof closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e press the switch in any direction during the automatic closing process The closing process is stopped H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed as a result of a malfunction contact a qualified specialist workshop Problem The sliding sunroof can not be closed and you cannot see the cause Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing
409. rt e Folding bench seat in the cargo compart ment Wagon e Switching the seat ventilation on off Switching the seat heating on off Switching on off Z WARNING Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to become very hot The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high tempera tures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries There is a risk of injury Therefore do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly Canada only rear seat The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected Driver s and front passenger seat the sys tem automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes Rear seat the system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately five minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switches off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 137 gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out If the battery voltage is too low the seat heating may switch off Problems with the seat heati
410. rtant safety notes Replacing rear window Replacing windshield Wooden trim cleaning instruc tions Workshop see Qualified specialist workshop ZONE function Switching On Off ee eeeeeeeseeeeee 133 Introduction The printed Operator s Manual provides infor mation about the safe operation of your vehi cle The Digital Operator s Manual addition ally describes further functions and equip ment installed in your vehicle The vehicle functions and functions of Audio 20 or COMAND are described in the Digital Opera tor s Manual You can call up the Digital Oper ator s Manual via Audio 20 or COMAND You will not incur any costs when calling up the Digital Operator s Manual The Dig ital Operator s Manual works without con necting to the Internet There are three ways to access the topics of the Digital Operator s Manual e Visual search The visual search allows you to explore your vehicle virtually Starting from either the vehicle exterior view or interior view you can access many of the different topics covered by the Digital Operator s Manual To access the vehicle interior section select the Vehicle interior view Keyword search The keyword search allows you to search for a keyword by entering characters Fur ther information can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual in the Audio 20 or COMAND section under the Character entry telephony keyword e Contents You can select individual s
411. rve the following notes e Always secure children under twelve years of age and less than 5 ft 1 50 m tall in suitable child restraint systems Child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats Only secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front air bag is deactivated If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated gt page 49 Always observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification Sys tem OCS gt page 58 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 68 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Occupant safety Objects in the vehicle interior may pre vent an air bag from functioning correctly Before starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting from the speed of the air bag as it deploys make sure that e there are no people animals or objects between the vehicle occupants and an air bag e there are no objects between the seat door and B pillar e no hard objects e g coat hangers hang on the grab handles or coat hooks e no accessories such as cup holders are attached to the vehicle within the deploy ment area of an air bag e g to doors side windows rear side trim or side walls e no heavy sharp edged or fragile objects are in the pockets of your clothing Store such object
412. s sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Always observe the maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box Always store and secure heavy objects in the trunk outside of the EASY PACK trunk box The maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box is 22 lbs 10 kg With a load of above approximately 11 Ibs 5 kg the bot tom of the box moves downward until it rests on the mat of the trunk floor Thus overload ing of the box is avoided Adjusting the height to any position gt Pull the box out by handle in the direc tion of the arrow all the way to the stop gt Lowering the load surface push the cen ter of load surface down by hand in the direction of the arrow until load surface 2 has reached the desired position and the box is the desired size gt To raise the load surface press switch Load surface of the box moves up auto matically gt To stow the box push the box in by han dle all the way to the stop slots gt Raise box Q and press hooks into anchorage 4 as far as they will go gt Turn left hand rotating catch clockwise and right hand rotating catch counter clockwise by 90 gt To remove turn left hand rotating catch counter clockwise and right hand rotat ing catch clockwise by 90 gt Move box Q downwards and pull it out from anchorages Store the EASY PACK trunk box on a flat surface after removal e g on a suitab
413. s of your vehicle Important safety notes A WARNING If the engine is switched off automatically and you exit the vehicle the engine is restarted automatically The vehicle may begin moving There is a risk of accident and injury If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the ignition and secure the vehicle against rolling away General notes ECO start stop display Hybrid vehicles observe the notes on the ECO start stop function in the HYBRID sup plement The ECO start stop function is activated whenever you start the engine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button If the engine has been switched off automat ically by the ECO start stop function the ECO symbol is shown in the multifunction display AMG vehicles the AMG menu in the multi function display additionally shows the Stop Start active message AMG vehicles the ECO start stop function is only available in drive program C Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Automatic engine switch off e Automatic engine start e Deactivating or activating the ECO start stop function ain his oo E pen a ge G bo S k m ae Automatic transmission Driving and parking Problems with the engine You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Automatic transmission
414. s until it engages gt Press release button Q of the luggage holder and pull the strap out in the direction of the arrow gt Place the load between the strap and the cargo compartment side wall gt Using one hand press locking button Q of the luggage holder gt With your other hand let the strap go slowly until the load is secured gt Make sure that locking button on brack ets G is pressed This keeps brackets in place on the loading rail gt To remove press release button 8 on respective bracket 6 and remove luggage holder 2 by pulling upwards and out E Stowage and features Stowage and features Telescopic rod The telescopic rod can be used to secure the load against the rear seats to prevent it from moving around gt To install insert one bracket 2 into both the left and the right loading rails and slide it to the desired position gt page 247 gt Insert telescopic rod Q into brackets and while doing so press release but ton and push the rod downwards until it engages gt Make sure that locking button on brack ets 2 is pressed This keeps brackets 2 in place on the loading rail gt To remove press release button on respective bracket 2 and remove tele scopic rod Q by pulling it upwards and out Stowage well under the trunk floor Sedan H Unhook the handle before again before closing the trunk lid and clip it in securely to prevent
415. s 310 Removing a wheel nesese 312 Securing the vehicle against roll INS AWAY ers io ERS 310 MP3 OperatiOM sireno 190 see also Digital Operator s Man V E E E 214 see separate operating instructions Multifunction display FUNCtION Note Sessies 188 Permanent display sessen 190 Multifunction steering wheel Operating the on board computer 189 OVERVIEW so ceasecsiadacetsdestetastiabaestachcaisee 39 Music files see also Digital Operator s Man Well seeceestacvte S Navigation Menu on board computer 190 see also Digital Operator s Man Dell EASE cesstcivvecstat enced EEE 214 Showing hiding the menu 225 SWIECIINE tOir 225 see separate operating instructions NECK PRO head restraints Operation accesses iesise 65 Resetting triggered 00 0 cceeeeeeeeees 65 NECK PRO luxury head restraints Important safety notes eee 65 Operation acisaicreccinaneiaes 65 Resetting when triggered seee 66 Notes on breaking in a new vehi CIE eE EREE EE 136 Occupant Classification System OCS COnditiOnS cessere aiei kisret 58 PaUltS oriris a 62 Operation si iciecieciasii nei 58 System self test ccseeeseeeeneeeeee 60 Occupant safety Automatic measures after an acci GOING renare E 67 Children in the vehicle 0 68 Important safety notes eee 49 Introduction to the restraint sys TEM cs cacatcnecsdivebepeseasdeevereaspesepsveevaeeties 48 Occupant Classifica
416. s Benz vehi cles The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes in this section in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 58 Do not install a rearward facing child restraint system on the center rear seat A WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit ting properly Particular attention must be paid to children Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 50 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 51 A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 lbs 18 kg until they reach a height where a three point seat belt fits properly without a booster seat e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine m Special seat belt retractor A WARNING If the seat belt is released while driving the child restraint system will no longer be secured properly The special seat belt retrac tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in a portion of the seat belt The seat belt cannot be
417. s and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the on board computer Z WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or mal functioned you may not recognize function restrictions in systems relevant to safety The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired There is a risk of an accident Drive on carefully Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop immedi ately The on board computer only shows messages or warnings from certain systems in the mul tifunction display You should therefore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired pull over as soon as it is safe to do so Contact a qualified specialist workshop Hybrid vehicles always read the HYBRID operating instructions You could otherwi
418. s continues to light up red after the system self diagnosis SOS button SA Roadside Assistance call button Qil MB Info call button e The Inoperative or the Service Not Activated message appears in the multi function display after the system self diag nosis If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expec ted In the event of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 Features Ea Emergency call Important safety notes Z WARNING It can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle even if you have pressed the SOS button in an emergency if e you see smoke inside or outside of the vehi cle e g if there is a fire after an accident e the vehicle is on a dangerous section of road e the vehicle is not visible or cannot easily be seen by other road users particularly when dark or in poor visibility conditions There is a risk of an accident and injury Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so Move to a safe location along with other vehi cle occupants In such situations secure the vehicle in accordance with national regula tions e g with a warning triangle General no
419. s in a suitable place Z WARNING If you modify the air bag cover or affix objects such as stickers to it the air bag can no longer function correctly There is an increased risk of injury Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects to it Z WARNING Sensors to control the air bags are located in the doors Modifications or work not per formed correctly to the doors or door panel ing as well as damaged doors can lead to the function of the sensors being impaired The air bags might therefore not function properly any more Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do There is an increased risk of injury Never modify the doors or parts of the doors Always have work on the doors or door pan eling carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Driver s air bag G deploys in front of the steering wheel Front passenger front air bag 2 deploys in front of and above the glove box When deployed the front air bags offer addi tional head and thorax protection for the occupants in the front seats The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp informs you about the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 49 The front passenger front air bag will only deploy if e the system based on the OCS weight sen sor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied gt page 58 e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is not lit gt page 58
420. s not shift up automati cally even when the engine limiting speed for the current gear is reached When the engine limiting speed is reached the fuel supply is cut to prevent the engine from overrevwving Always make sure that the engine speed does not reach the red area of the tachometer There is otherwise a risk of engine damage Gear indicator Upshift indicator Before the engine speed reaches the red area an upshift indicator will be shown in the mul tifunction display gt When the UP message appears in the mul tifunction display pull on the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter Refueling re Shift recommendation H To prevent ESP from intervening the ignition must be switched off SmartKey or the Start Stop button in position 0 or 1 if e the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer bo e the vehicle is being towed with only one axle raised not permitted for vehicles with 4MATIC The gearshift recommendations assist you in The brake system could otherwise be dam adopting an economical driving style The rec aged ommended gear is shown in the multifunction bo displ H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed play i c s with either the front or the rear axle raised S gt If relevant gearshift recommendation i as doing so will damage the transmission appears in the multifunction display on the instrument cluster pull on the right h
421. s or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash away battery acid immediately with plenty of clean water and seek medical attention A WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ven tilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e Itis particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point When jump starting the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allo
422. s the cur rent tire pressure for the individual tires or the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes mes sage gt Press the W button The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message appears in the multifunction display If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Press Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Radio type approval for the tire pres sure monitor In certain countries a radio type approval for the tire pressure monitor may be required The radio type approval number for the tire pressure monitor can be found in the Wheels and tires section of the Digital Operator s Manual E Wheels and tires Ey Loading the vehicle Le Wheels and tires Z WARNING Overloaded tires can overheat causing a blowout Overloaded tires can also impair the steering and driving characteristics and lead to brake failure There is a risk of accident Observe the load rating of the tires The load rating must be at
423. s the following meas ures depending on the hazardous situation detected e if the radar sensor system detects that a head on collision is imminent the seat belts are pre tensioned e if the radar sensor system detects that a rear end collision is imminent the brake pressure is increased if the driver applies the brakes when the vehi cle is stationary the seat belts are pre tensioned The PRE SAFE PLUS braking application is canceled Safety 1 e if the accelerator pedal is depressed when a gear is engaged e if the risk of a collision passes or is no lon ger detected e if DISTRONIC PLUS indicates an intention to pull away If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident the original settings are restored Immediately after an accident the following measures are implemented depending on the type and severity of the impact e the hazard warning lamps are activated e the emergency lighting is activated e the vehicle doors are unlocked e the front side windows are lowered Children in the vehicle e vehicles with a memory function the elec trically adjustable steering wheel is raised e the engine is switched off and the fuel sup ply is cut off e vehicles with mbrace automatic emer gency call In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock t
424. se fail to recognize dangers e g due to high volt age For an overview see the instrument panel illustration gt page 37 In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Coolant temperature display e Tachometer e Speedometer with segments e Multifunction display e Outside temperature display Displays and operation ie Operating the on board computer Left control panel Overview lt e Calls up the menu and menu bar gt A Press briefly AA e Scrolls in lists Multifunction display Right control panel Left control panel Back button A gt To activate the on board computer turn v the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel oK e Selects a submenu or function e Vehicles with Audio 20 in the Audio menu selects the previ ous or next stored station when the preset list or station list is active or an audio track e Vehicles with COMAND in the Audio menu selects the previ ous or next station when the preset list or station list is active or an audio track or video scene e In the Tel telephone menu switches to the phone book and selects a name or telephone number Press and hold e Vehicles with Audio 20 in the Audio menu selects the previ ous or next station when the preset list or
425. se cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load e When transporting objects in the cargo compartment the combined cargo cover and net must always be installed cargo compartment cover and cargo net e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie downs Pad sharp edges for protection Stowage spaces Important safety notes Z WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction e Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage spaces parcel nets or stowage nets e Close the lockable stowage spaces while driving e Always stow and secure heavy hard poin ted sharp edged fragile or bulky objects in the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 238 Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Glove box e Eyeglasses compartment e Stowage compartment in the center con sole e Stowage compartment under the armrest e Stowage compartment under the front seats e Stowage compartment in the rear e Stowage net in the rear Stowage nets Stowage nets are locat
426. sed risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear on the left or right The warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus ter Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear center The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fi On board computer and displays a Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required or Right Side Cur tain Airbag Mal function Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is a malfunction in the left hand or right hand window cur tain air bag The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be trig gered There is an increased risk of
427. see also Digital Operator s Man ual Jack Storage location sssrini 270 USING is tesisenteesesesstaciedesresetind 310 Jump starting engine 0 279 Key positions KEVLESS GO niina 138 SMArtKey 2 acccssaasceccaes 137 KEYLESS GO DOA CtIVALIOM sesi sees sasovsesesssasebencteees 91 Display message seere 191 EO GK INS eent 91 Removing the Start Stop button 139 Start Stop DUTTON c scesssecsees 138 Starting the engine seese 140 Unlocking vie ss3cse5 cesisveceseescslicetendeeses 91 Kickdown DIVINE TIPS sesescccesesesssesebenstcaneeesee 144 Manual drive program seeeseeees 145 9 an 56 Lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating 190 Function information 000 179 Lane Tracking package 0 177 Lap time RACETIMER 0 190 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat anehi Senere E 70 License plate lamp display mes N EE E EE 191 Light function active Display message ece 191 Light sensor display message 191 Lights Activating deactivating the inte rior lighting delayed switch off 190 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 40 122 Automatic headlamp mode Cornering light function Hazard warning lamps High beam flasher eseeeeeeseeees High beam headlamps Light switch Low beam headlamps Parking lamps Rear fog lamp Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting on board com
428. serve the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 58 You can thus avoid the risks that could arise as a result of e an incorrectly categorized person in the front passenger seat e the unintentional deactivation of the front passenger front air bag e the unsuitable positioning of the child restraint system e g too close to the dash board Rearward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a rear ward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always make sure that the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit gt page 49 is the front passenger front air bag deactiva ted Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Forward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the child restraint system must lie as flat as possible against the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat backrest and the head
429. sicc 33 Qualified specialist workshop 31 RACE START AMG vehicles 166 RACETIMER on board computer 190 Radiator cover s e 263 Radio Displaying radio text s es 236 OVEINVIEW scicnniinnenceiadeees 235 Selecting a station c cece 190 Setting the waveband 00 235 SWITCHING OM sssscsdsssccercassesecoesisesics 234 see separate operating instructions Radio mode see also Digital Operator s Man Uf E 214 Radio wave reception transmis sion in the vehicle Declaration of conformity 31 Reading lamp a 123 Rear fog lamp Display Message eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 Switching On Off sosesc 121 Rear seats Folding the backrest forwards DOCK EEEE ET 240 Rear sill protector 0 0 eee 249 nto a7 Rear view camera Cleaning instructions 0 0 cesses 268 Displays in the Audio display 173 Displays in the COMAND display 173 FUNCTION MOLES ss lt scceseeses0ccevdvereces Switching on off Rear window blind Rear window defroster Problem malfunction eee 133 Switching on off sssini 133 Rear window wiper Replacing the wiper blade 126 Switching On Off ee eeeeeeeese eens 125 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual cesses 117 Dipping automatic oes 117 Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Important safety notes ee 344 Refueling FUCI SAU BC oneris 37 Important safety notes 145 R
430. sjudge the given traf fic situation An inappropriate brake applica tion may be interrupted at any time if you e steer slightly in the opposite direction e switch on the turn signal e clearly brake or accelerate A lane correcting brake application is inter rupted automatically if e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP PRE SAFE Brake or Active Blind Spot Assist e lane markings can no longer be recognized Information in the Digital Operator s Man ual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Switching on Active Lane Keeping Assist oo pa a ge a eo gt z m dex Infomation Provide 6 DEALER y Useful information Important safety notes Displays and operation Menus and submenus Display messages cceeeee Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster eee Information Provided by Nee Displays and operation On board computer and displays Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related system
431. sposed of professionally e g at a qualified specialist workshop If a tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been attained after five minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor gt Pull away immediately gt Stop after driving for approximately ten minutes and check the tire pressure with the tire inflation compressor The tire pressure must now be at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after driving for a short period the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop In cases such as the one mentioned above contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Can ada gt Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi See the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s Battery vehicle side B pillar or the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap for values gt To increase the tire pressure switch on the tire inflation compressor Pad bt
432. stances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 151 gt Do not add brake fluid Adding more will not remedy the mal function gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster fis Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System is deactivated due to a malfunc tion Therefore BAS Brake Assist System BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP Elec tronic Stability Program PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also deactivated ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control uni
433. start the engine with the Start Stop button The engine can be switched off while the vehi cle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for three seconds This function operates independently of the ECO start stop automatic engine switch off func tion Key positions with KEYLESS GO Start Stop button Ignition lock As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up Further information on situations where an indicator lamp either fails to go out after starting the engine or lights up while driving gt page 204 If Start Stop button has not yet been pressed this corresponds to the key being removed from the ignition gt To switch on the power supply press Start Stop button Q once The power supply is switched on You can now activate the windshield wipers for example The power supply is switched off again if e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop button Q twice when in this position gt To switch on the ignition press Start Stop button Q twice The ignition is switched on The ignition is switched off when e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop button Q twice when in this position Removing the Start Stop button You can remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock and start the vehicle as nor mal using the SmartKey It is only possible to switch between Start Stop button m
434. station list is active selects an audio track using rapid scrolling or selects a video scene e Vehicles with COMAND in the Audio menu selects a preset list or station list in the desired fre quency range or an audio track or video scene using rapid scroll ing e In the Tel Telephone menu starts rapid scrolling if the phone book is open e Confirms the selection or display message e In the Tel Telephone menu switches to the telephone book and starts dialing the selected number Fray On board computer and displays i Menus and submenus On board computer and displays Right control panel AQ e Rejects or ends a call e Exits the telephone book redial memory F e Makes or accepts a call e Switches to the redial memory e Adjusts the volume Eel E E Back button E e Mute Press briefly e Back e Vehicles with Audio 20 Switches off voice operated con trol for navigation see manufac turer s operating instructions e Vehicles with COMAND Switches off the Voice Control System see the separate oper ating instructions e Hides display messages or calls up the last Trip menu function used e Exits the telephone book redial memory Press and hold e Calls up the standard display in the Trip menu Menus and submenus Press the lt or button on the steer ing wheel to call up the menu bar and select a menu Operating the on board computer gt p
435. sted their seat and head restraint properly gt page 115 As the driver you also have to make sure that the steering wheel is adjusted correctly Observe the information relating to the cor rect driver s seat position gt page 114 You also have to make sure that an air bag can inflate properly if deployed gt page 54 An air bag supplements a correctly worn seat belt As an additional safety device the air bag increases the level of protection for vehi cle occupants in the event of an accident For example if in the event of an accident the protection offered by the seat belt is suffi cient the air bags are not deployed When an accident occurs only the air bags that increase protection in that particular accident situation are deployed However seat belts and air bags generally do not protect against objects penetrating the vehicle from the out side Information on restraint system operation can be found under Triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Devices and air bags gt page63 For more information about children traveling with you in the vehicle and on child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle gt page 68 Important safety notes A WARNING Modifications to the restraint system may cause it to no longer work as intended The restraint system may then not perform its intended protective function and may fail in an accident or trigger unexpectedly for example This poses an increased
436. stem must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s instal lation instructions After the system self test the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp displays the sta tus of the front passenger front air bag gt page 58 For more information about the OCS see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 62 Occupant safety Problems with the Occupant Classification System OCS Safety A Be sure to observe the notes on System self test gt page 60 Problem The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit even though the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adult or a person of a stature cor responding to that of an adult The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up and or does not stay on The front passenger seat is e unoccupied e occupied by the weight of a child up to 12 months old in a child restraint sys tem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The classification of the person on the front passenger seat is incorrect gt Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per son on the front passenger seat are met gt page 58 gt If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit the front passenger seat may not be used gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen
437. sure pull over to a safe location and stop before operating the telephone Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h the vehicle covers a distance of 44 ft approximately 14 m per second Drive sensibly save fuel Observe the following tips to save fuel gt The tires should always be inflated to the recommended tire pressure gt Remove unnecessary loads gt Remove roof racks when they are not nee ded gt Warm up the engine at low engine speeds gt Avoid frequent acceleration or braking gt Have all maintenance work carried out as indicated by the service intervals in the Maintenance Booklet or by the service interval display Fuel consumption also increases when driv ing in cold weather in stop start traffic and in hilly terrain Drinking and driving A WARNING Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judg ment The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci dent is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak ing drugs bo e p a To c ts bo gt m vis ving Driving and parking Emission control A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inh
438. system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion youcan be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Pull release lever Q on the hood The hood is released gt Reach into the gap pull hood catch han dle 2 up and lift the hood If you lift the hood by approximately 15 in 40 cm the hood is opened and held open automatically by the gas filled strut Engine compartment Closing the hood gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Open it again and close it with a little more force Vehicles with a diesel engine do not cover the radiator for example with a winter front or bug cover The readings of the on board diag nostic system may otherwise be inaccurate Some of these readings are required by law and must be accurate at all times Gene
439. system if you use HANDS FREE ACCESS There is a risk of injury Always bo ie c ensure that you only make the kicking move D ment within the detection range of sensors Ke H If the key is within the rear detection xo Closing button and locking button example range of KEYLESS GO situations such as 5 Sedan the following could lead to the uninten To Sedan on vehicles with the trunk lid remote tional opening of the trunk lid tailgate S closing feature you can close the trunk lid usne cariash 5 automatically For vehicles with trunk lid amp a remote closing feature and KEYLESS GO you e using a power washer O can simultaneously close the trunk lid and Make sure that the SmartKey is at least lock the vehicle 10 ft 3 m away from the vehicle Wagon for vehicles with KEYLESS GO you can simultaneously close the tailgate and General notes lock the vehicle Sedan with KEYLESS GO and HANDS FREE gt To close press closing button in the ACCESS you can open or close the trunk lid trunk lid tailgate or stop the closing procedure without using gt To simultaneously close the trunk lid your hands tailgate and lock the vehicle Wagon with KEYLESS GO and HANDS FREE Press closing button in the trunk lid ACCESS you can open or close the tailgate or tailgate The KEYLESS GO key must be in Stop the procedure without using your hands the rear detection range of the vehicle This is useful if you have your hands full To
440. t Mobile phone confirm the code Depend ing on the mobile phone used you may have to confirm the connection to Audio 20 COMAND as well as confirm for the PBAP and MAP Bluetooth profiles The prompt to confirm may take up to two minutes to be displayed You may also save the confirmation on the mobile phone see the manufacturer s operating instructions The mobile phone is now authorized and connected to Audio 20 COMAND You can now speak using the hands free system Further information on setting the transmis sion and reception volume of the mobile phone can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Q a lt x oO O S So N 2 gej gt lt x Audio 20 COMAND operating system Audio 20 COMAND The code is different gt Audio 20 COMAND select No The process is canceled Repeat the authorization Authorization via passkey entry access code Once Audio 20 COMAND has found your mobile phone you can authorize connect it gt To select the Bluetooth name of the desired mobile phone in the device list turn and press the controller The input menu for the passkey is dis played The passkey is a one to sixteen digit num ber combination which you can choose yourself gt Audio 20 COMAND enter the passkey using the character bar gt Select ok once all the numbers have been entered gt Mobile phone enter the same passkey and confirm your entry Depending on the mobile phone us
441. t Press button or which you have e Check the transmitter frequency used by programmed to operate the garage door garage door drive remote control and Garage door system with a fixed code indi whether it is supported The transmitter cator lamp Q lights up green frequency can usually be found on the back Garage door system with a rolling code of the garage door drive remote control indicator lamp Q flashes green The integrated garage door opener is com The transmitter will transmit a signal as o patible with devices that have units which long as the button is pressed The trans operate in the frequency range of 280 to mission is halted after a maximum often 5 433 MHz seconds and indicator lamp lightsup e Replace the batteries in garage door yellow amp remote control This increases the like gt Press button or again if neces ge lihood that garage door remote control sary 5 will transmit a strong and precise signal to Co the integrated garage door opener Clearing the memory e When programming hold remote control at varying distances and angles from the Make sure that you clear the memory of the button which you are programming Try var integrated garage door opener before selling W ious angles at a distance between 2and the vehicle 12 inches 5to 30 cm or at the same angle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni P but at varying distances tion lock gt page 137
442. t further components of Occupant safety Ea Safety i z Occupant safety Safety J the restraint system are activated independ ently of each other in certain frontal collision situations e Front air bags and driver s knee bag e Window curtain air bag if the system deter mines that deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt The front passenger front air bag is activated or deactivated depending on the person on the front passenger seat The front passenger front air bag can only deploy in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is off Observe the information on the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp gt page 49 Your vehicle has two stage front air bags During the first deployment stage the front air bag is filled with propellant gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is fully deployed with the maximum amount of pro pellant gas if a second deployment threshold is reached within a few milliseconds The activation threshold of the Emergency Tensioning Devices and the air bag are deter mined by evaluating the rate of vehicle decel eration or acceleration which occurs at vari ous points in the vehicle This process is pre emptive in nature Deployment should take place in good time at the start of the collision The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera tion and the direction of the force are essen tially determined by e the distribution of
443. t page 329 With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure monitor and only on wheels specifically tested by Mercedes Benz Notes on driving with MOExtended tires with a flat tire gt page 272 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature ru flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Winter operation You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual At temperatures below 45 F 7 C summer tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and braking power Change the tires on your vehi cle to M S tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form thereby damaging the tires perma nently Mercedes Benz cannot accept responsibility for this type of damage Z WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Z WARNING M S tires with a tire tread depth of
444. t an incorrect seat position or the rout ing of an incorrectly fastened seat belt When triggered a seat belt force limiter helps to reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the vehicle occupant The seat belt force limiters for the front seats are synchronized with the front air bags which absorb part of the deceleration force This can reduce the force exerted on the vehi cle occupants during an accident H If the front passenger seat is unoccupied do not insert the belt tongue into the buckle of the front passenger seat This may oth erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device in the event of an accident which will then need to be replaced Important safety notes The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not required by law all vehicle occupants should correctly fasten their seat belts before starting the journey Z WARNING If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it can not protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi tional injury for example in an accident dur ing braking or when abruptly changing direc tion This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants are seated properly with a correctly fastened seat belt Z WARNING The seat belt
445. t is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic trans mission will not be available 3 On board computer and displays Se Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds BRAKE USA only Canada only w lt e a OFF The red brake warning lamp the yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps and the yellow ABS warning lamp are lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD is not available due to a malfunction Therefore ABS BAS BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also unavailable ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an ac
446. t meet the fol lowing standards e U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand ards 213 and 225 e Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Confirmation that the child restraint system corresponds to the standards can be found on an instruction label on the child restraint system This confirmation can also be found in the installation instructions that are inclu ded with the child restraint system Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte rior and on the child restraint system LATCH type ISOFIX child seat secur ing system Z WARNING LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems do not offer sufficient protective effect for children whose weight is greater than 48 Ibs 22 kg who are secured using the safety belt integrated in the child restraint system In the event of an accident a child might not be restrained correctly This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury If the child weighs more than 48 Ibs 22 kg only use LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems with which the child is also secured with the vehicle seat belt Also secure the child restraint system with the Top Tether belt if available Always comply with the manufacturer s installation and operating instructions for the child restraint system used Before every trip make sure that the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system is engaged correctly in both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings H When installing t
447. t nor override the laws of physics 4MATIC cannot take account of road weather and traffic con ditions 4MATIC is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane If a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip e Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away e Accelerate less when driving Hl Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised This may damage the transfer case Damage of this sort is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must remain either on the ground or be fully raised Observe the instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels in full contact with the ground In wintry driving conditions the maximum effect of 4MATIC can only be achieved if you use winter tires M S tires with snow chains if necessary 4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are per manently driven Together with ESP it improves the traction of your vehicle when ever a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip Important safety notes PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors It monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper and six sensors in the rear bumper PARKTRONIC indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is only an aid It is not a replace ment for your attention to your
448. t temperatures below freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid e g MB Winter Fit For the correct mixing ratio refer to the information on the antifreeze reservoir E Technical data La Technical data Add windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit to the washer fluid all year round Climate control system refrigerant Important safety notes The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R 134a The instruction label regarding the refrigerant type used can be found on the radiator cross member E Only the refrigerant R 134a and the PAG oil approved by Mercedes Benz may be used The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with any other PAG oil that is not approved for R 134a refrigerant Other wise the climate control system may be damaged Service work such as topping up refrigerant or replacing components may only be carried out by a qualified specialist workshop All applicable regulations must be adhered to SAE standard J639 included Always have work on the climate control sys tem carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Refrigerant instruction label PO AAJA Example refrigerant instruction label Warning symbol Refrigerant filling capacity Applicable standards AVZ 1 aT od e ELT PAG oil part number Type of refrigerant Warning symbol Q advises you about e poss
449. t the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example Display messages ee Display messages Ge Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately ESP BAS the HOLD function PRE SAFE and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS PRE SAFE PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop 2 On board computer and displays Display messages On bo
450. tant safety notes Z WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold for wards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The seat belt can no longer offer the intended level of protection and could even cause injuries e Objects or loads in the trunk cargo com partment cannot be restrained by the seat backrest There is an increased risk of injury Before every trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged Observe the loading guidelines gt page 238 Folding the rear seat backrests forward H When folding the rear seat backrest for wards ensure that there are no items lying on the seat cushions These items could otherwise be damaged or could themselves damage the rear seats Stowage areas ee The left hand and right hand rear seat backr ests can be folded forwards separately to increase the cargo compartment capacity The combined cargo cover and net can remain installed When you fold one or both parts of the rear seat backrests forwards the headr ests are also lowered if necessary In the case of vehicles with memory function the respective front seat is moved forwards slightly to avoid contact with the seat behind it gt Vehicles without memory function if nec essary
451. tch on radio text in radio mode select Info in the menu bar Additional information from the current station is displayed ee Ed Useful information 00 238 Stowage areas aneor 238 Features cs 251 Fa Stowage and features Information Provided by b 5 Stowage areas E Stowage and features Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 31 Stowage areas WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid tailgate is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There
452. te ocdeeieseeeedieeeke 314 Vehicle data v ss c ccscscsssciescecasscnseeves 344 Telephone Accepting a Call nsss 190 231 Authorizing a mobile phone con MOGEIMG is cccssececasestesssscaceeecaceonstens 229 Connecting a mobile phone gen eral information 1 0 eeeeeeeseeeees 227 De authorizing disconnecting a Mobile phone se sciesvivsvevtecesveveeeese 231 Ending an active Call eee 232 Entering phone numbers 232 Establishing the connection from the Mobile PhONe ssssscscecssecssosseses 230 Making a Call cessisset 232 Menu on board computer 190 Number from the phone book 190 Reconnecting a mobile phone automatically sses REGialINS iss ccstsesdosscseesisssteuseedsctdeazes Rejecting a Call sisisi Rejecting ending a call see also Digital Operator s Man Alier ae nere E R 214 Switching between mobile Phone Sans ene ER 231 Using the telephone cesses 231 Telephone number ENTEND gc sseseh sch cervecantebesesdaesectesteiss 232 Telescopic rod EASY PACK load sec ring Kit c c5 c5sccscescesnsssessbescdies 248 Temperature Coolant sssrini 188 Coolant on board computer 190 Engine oil on board computer 190 Outside temperature eeeee 188 Setting climate control 133 Through loading feature 239 Timing RACETIMER eceeee 190 Tire pressure Calling up on board computer 294 Chec
453. ter OCS is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the child seat gt Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint system must lie as flat as pos sible against the backrest of the front passenger seat If nec essary adjust the position of the front passenger seat gt When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt is tight Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front passenger seat adjustment This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly gt Check for correct installation of the child restraint system Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to the child restraint system If necessary adjust the head restraint accordingly gt Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto the seat gt If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat It is recommended that you install the child restraint system on a suitable rear seat gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Deployment of Emergency Tensioning Devices and air bags Important safety notes Z WARNING The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has been deployed There is a risk of injury Do
454. tes Observe the notes on system activation gt page 252 An emergency call is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered You cannot end an automatically triggered emergency call yourself An emergency call can also be initiated man ually As soon as the emergency call has been ini tiated the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted Once the connection has been made the Cal Connected message appears in the multifunction display on o gt oO oO q ge c oO oO oO oO z e N a Features E Stowage and features All important information on the emergency is transmitted for example e current location of the vehicle as deter mined by the GPS system e vehicle identification number e information on the severity of the accident Shortly after the emergency call has been ini tiated a voice connection is automatically established between the Customer Assis tance Center and the vehicle occupants e If the vehicle occupants respond the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter attempts to get more information on the emergency e If there is no response from the vehicle occupants an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle If no voice connection can be established to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center the system has been unable to initiate
455. tes button and call them up by pressing the button Display off button You can switch the display on and off with the L_ button Favorites Overview of favorites PRT ida i E To add a new favorite gt page 223 To rename a selected favorite gt page 224 To move a selected favorite gt page 224 To delete a selected favorite gt page 224 Displaying the favorites overview gt Press the favorites button on the controller The favorites are displayed gt To show the menu bar slide the con troller You can manage a total of 20 favorites Further information on how to select and dis play a favorite gt page 223 Displaying and selecting favorites gt Press the favorites button on the controller The favorites are displayed gt To select a favorite turn the controller gt To call up a favorite press the controller Audio 20 COMAND operating system Adding favorites Adding predefined favorites gt Press the favorites button on the controller The favorites are displayed gt To show the menu bar slide the con troller gt To select Reassign turn and press the controller The categories for the available favorites are displayed e Navigation e Entertainment Tel e Vehicle gt To select a category turn the controller and press to confirm The corresponding favorites are displayed gt To select the desired favorite turn and press the controller
456. th Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot does not detect road and traf fic conditions If you are following a vehicle which is driving towards the edge of the road your vehicle could come into contact with the curb or other road boundaries Be particularly aware of other road users e g cyclists that are directly next to your vehicle Obstacles such as building site huts on the lane or projecting out into the lane are not detected An inappropriate steering intervention e g after intentionally driving over a lane marking can be corrected at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot cannot continuously keep your vehicle in lane In some cases the steering intervention is not sufficient to bring the vehi cle back to the lane In such cases you must steer the vehicle yourself to ensure that it does not leave the lane 163 oo e pan 13 a ge c o0 S m Driving systems Driving and parking The support provided by the system can be impaired if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffi
457. thanol Your vehicle is E10 compatible You can refuel your vehicle using E10 fuel Asa temporary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI 91 RON This may reduce engine per formance and increase fuel consumption Avoid driving at full throttle and sudden accel eration Never refuel using fuel with a lower AKI Information on refueling gt page 146 Additives HM Operating the engine with fuel additives added later can lead to engine failure Do not mix fuel additives with fuel This does not include additives for the removal and prevention of residue buildup gasoline must only be mixed with additives recom mended by Mercedes Benz Comply with the instructions for use on the product label More information about recommen ded additives can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz recommends that you use branded fuels that have additives Service products and filling capacities The quality of the fuel available in some coun tries may not be sufficient Residue could build up in the injection system as a result In such cases and in consultation with an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the gaso line may be mixed with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes Benz You must observe the notes and mixing ratios specified on the container Diesel Fuel grade A WARNING If you mix diesel fuel with gaso
458. the mbrace system under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system has not been able to initiate an MB Info call if e the indicator lamp in MB Info call button Gil is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was estab lished This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt Toend a call press the Ga button onthe multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding COMAND Audio 20 button for ending a phone call Call priority When service calls are active e g Roadside Assistance or MB Info calls an emergency call can still be initiated In this case an emer gency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center All other calls can be ended by pressing e the EQ ing wheel e the corresponding button in COMAND Audio 20 to end the voice call When a call is initiated the audio system is muted button on the multifunction steer The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND Audio 20 However if you want to use your mobile phone do so only when the vehicle is station ary and in a safe location Genera
459. the accelerator pedal e you activate kickdown COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS General information COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS con sists of a distance warning function with an autonomous braking function and adaptive Brake Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically If you do not react to the visual and audible collision warning autonomous braking can be initiated in critical situations If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situation the COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS adaptive Brake Assist assists you Activating or deactivating COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is activated after every ignition cycle You can activate or deactivate COLLISION PREVEN TION ASSIST PLUS in the on board computer gt page 190 When deactivated the dis tance warning function and the autonomous braking function are also deactivated If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is deactivated the s symbol appears in the assistance graphics display Important safety notes In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by oth
460. the installed cam eras virtual camera The six split screen views are e top view and picture from the rear view camera 130 viewing angle e top view and image from the front camera 130 viewing angle without displaying the maximum steering wheel angle e top view and enlarged rear view e top view and enlarged front view e top view and images from the side mirror cameras rear wheel view e top view and images from the side mirror cameras front wheel view When the function is active and you shift the transmission from D or R to N the dynamic guidelines are hidden When you change between transmission positions D and R you see the previously selected front or rear view Distances measured by PARKTRONIC will also be optically displayed parking e in split screen view as red or yellow brack ets around the vehicle icon in the top view or on e at the bottom right as red or yellow brack amp ets around the vehicle symbol in full screen mode a The line thickness and color of the brackets show how far the vehicle is from an object E e yellow brackets with thin lines PARKTRONIC is active e yellow brackets with normal lines an object is present in close range of the vehi cle e red line an object is present in the imme diate close range of the vehicle Important safety notes The 360 camera is only an aid and may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all The
461. the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required Lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly You can change the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend Static LED headlamps High beam headlamp H7 55 W Turn signal lamp PSY 24 W lamps gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Using the handle extension turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 2 gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages Windshield wipers ie Turn signal static LED headlamps 4 Continuous wipe slow Continuous wipe fast V Single wipe T To wipe with washer fluid If the wiper blades are worn the windshield will no longer be wiped properly This could prevent you from observing the traffic condi tions Switching the rear window wiper on off gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bul
462. the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and down wards from the vehicle belt sash guide If nec essary adjust the vehicle belt sash guide and the front passenger seat accordingly Always observe the child restraint system manufac turer s installation instructions If OCS determines that e the front passenger seat is unoccupied the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated the front passenger seat is occupied by a child of up to twelve months old in a stand ard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated But even in the case of a twelve month old child in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp can go out after the system self test Occupant safety a Safety 1 Ei Occupant safety Safety I This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated The result of the classification is dependent on among other factors the child restraint system and the child s stature It is recommended that you install the child restraint system on a Suitable rear seat the front passenger seat is occupied by a person of smaller stature e g a teenager or small
463. there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road Switching on Lane Keeping Assist You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual Active Driving Assistance package General notes The Active Driving Assistance package con sists of DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 156 Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 180 and Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 183 Active Blind Spot Assist General notes Active Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system pointed toward the rear of the vehi cle to monitor the area to the sides of the vehicle which the driver is unable to see A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the monitored area If you then switch on the cor responding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive a visual and audible collision warni
464. ting instructions gt To show the 360 camera image engage reverse gear The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND Audio 20 display in split screen mode You see the top view of the vehicle and the image from the rear view camera Selecting the split screen and full screen displays Switching between split screen views gt To switch to the line with the vehicle icons slide t the controller gt To select one of the vehicle icons turn the controller gt To switch to 180 View turn the controller to select 180 View and press to confirm The 180 View option is only available in the following views e Top view with picture from the rear view camera e Top view with picture from the front cam era Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Displays in the COMAND Audio 20 display e Wide angle function e Object detection Exiting 360 camera display mode The 360 camera display is stopped e when you select transmission position P or e when you are driving at moderate speeds The previous display appears on the COMAND Audio 20 display You can also switch the display by selecting the sym bol in the display and pressing the con troller to confirm ATTENTION ASSIST General notes ATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long monotonous journeys such as on highways It is active in th
465. tion General information EBD monitors and controls the brake pres sure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 75 Z WARNING If EBD is malfunctioning the rear wheels can lock e g under full braking This increases the risk of skidding and an accident You should therefore adapt your driving style to the different handling characteristics Have the brake system checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Observe information regarding indicator and warning lamps gt page 205 as well as dis play messages gt page 194 Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and offers increased braking comfort In addi tion to the braking function ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has the HOLD function gt page 165 and hill start assist gt page 141 General information Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 75 PRE SAFE Brake is only available for vehi cles with the Driving Assistance package For PRE SAFE Brake to assist you when driv ing the radar sensor system and the camera system must be switched on and be opera tional With the help of the radar sensor system and the camera system PRE SAFE Brake can detect obstacles that are in front of your vehi cle for an extended period of time
466. tion pedestrians in the path of your vehicle can be detected BAS PLUS detects pedestrians by using typi cal characteristics such as the body contours and posture of a person standing upright If the radar sensor system or the camera sys tem is malfunctioning BAS PLUS functions are restricted or no longer available The brake system is still available with complete brake boosting effect and BAS Observe the restrictions described in the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 77 BAS PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle or a pedestrian and reduce the effects of such a collision If BAS PLUS detects a danger of collision you are assisted when braking Important safety notes Z WARNING BAS PLUS cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases BAS PLUS may e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation A WARNING BAS PLUS does not react e to small people e g children e to animals e to oncoming vehicles e when cornering As aresult BAS PLUS may not intervene in all critical situations There is a risk of an acci dent Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the rec og
467. tion System OCS eiseressen 58 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator JAMS wes sucesuseed ere EEEE 49 Pets in the vehicle c ccesceeeees 75 PRE SAFE anticipatory occu Pant protection wrier 66 PRE SAFE PLUS anticipatory occupant protection PLUS 67 Restraint system warning lamp 49 ocs GONdIt ONS eissernir Fault oireisiin Operation c ccsccccesas cbscidseseeeapcetsbessss System self test Odometer reiecit Oil see Engine oil On board computer AMG MOM Wiss est tectchesesecd cece teheterwests 190 Assistance MENU eceeeeeteeeeeee 190 Audio MENU sses 190 Convenience submenu s 190 Display messages ssec 191 Displaying a service message 266 DISTRONIC PLUS 1 0 ceeeeeeeeseeeees 161 Factory settings submenu 190 Important safety notes 0 0 0 188 Instrument cluster submenu 190 Lighting SUDMEMU seee 190 Menu OVErVIEW ccccceceeseesteeeees 190 Message Memory seeseeereeteeees 191 Navigation MENU ce ceeeeseeereeees 190 Operation sxccceaessceseeses RACETIMER siccseecseszessecstebecccesieeseese SEPVICE MENU ceeeeeeseecereeeeeeeeees Settings MENU 2 cce sceseseseseonseees Standard display issiro Telephone menu Trip MENU sisscsseesseeeeses Vehicle submenu cescceeereeees Video DVD operation Online and Internet functions Enabling a mobile phone for Inter NEU ACCESS eitri paest 233 Manually setting
468. tivated after the engine has been stopped The sensitivity selected corresponds to the last selection activated standard sensitive Warning in the multifunction display If fatigue or increasing lapses in concentra tion are detected a warning appears in the multifunction display Attention Assist Take a Break In addition to the message shown in the mul tifunction display you will then hear a warn ing tone gt If necessary take a break gt Confirm the message by pressing the button on the steering wheel OK On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow yourself to rest properly If you do not take a break you will be warned again after 15 minutes at the earliest This will only happen if ATTENTION ASSIST still detects typical indicators of fatigue or increasing lap ses in concentration Traffic Sign Assist General notes Traffic Sign Assist displays the maximum speed permitted to the driver in the instru ment cluster The data and general traffic reg ulations stored in the navigation system are used to determine the current speed limit As Traffic Sign Assist is a map based system traffic signs put up temporarily e g near roadworks are not detected If a traffic sign that is relevant to your vehicle is passed the display of the speed limits is updated Traffic signs with a restriction indicated by an additional sign e g in wet conditions are also
469. ton Q until the amp ESP OFF warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster The amp OFF message appears in the mul tifunction display gt To activate ESP briefly press button The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The ON message appears in the multifunction dis play Characteristics of activated SPORT han dling mode If SPORT handling mode is activated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes ESP only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree When SPORT handling mode is activated ESP only improves driving stability to a limited degree e traction control is still activated e engine torque is restricted to a limited degree and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e ESP still provides support when you brake firmly Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster does not flash In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is restricted to a limited degree and the drive wheels are able to spin The spi
470. u will find information on the following topics e Transmission positions e Driving tips e Program selector button e Steering wheel paddle shifters e Automatic drive program e Problems with the transmission Manual drive program AMG vehicles General information In this drive program you can permanently change gear yourself by using the steering wheel paddle shifters The transmission must be in position D In addition to permanent drive program M you can also activate temporary drive program M see the Digital Operator s Man ual Switching on the manual drive program gt Turn the drive program selector gt page 144 until M appears in the multi function display The indicator M on the drive program selec tor lights up in red The manual drive program is only available for AMG vehicles Manual drive program M is different from drive programs S and S with regard to spon taneity responsiveness and smoothness of gear changes Manual drive program M can be selected using the drive program selector In manual drive program M you can change gear using the steering wheel paddle shifters if the trans mission is in position D The gear currently selected and engaged is shown in the multi function display Upshifting gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear AMG vehicles H in manual drive program M the automatic transmission doe
471. uced by extreme driving condi tions maneuvers or it can be increased through a moderate style of driving The driving distance possible in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction dis play You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h When replacing one or all tires please observe the following specifications for your vehicle s tires e size e the type and e the MOExtended mark If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with a MOExtended tire a standard tire may be used as a temporary measure Make sure that you use the proper size and type sum mer or winter tire Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Important safety notes Z WARNING When driving in emergency mode the driving characteristics deteriorate e g when corner ing accelerating quickly and when braking There is a risk of an accident Do not exceed the stated maximum speed Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers and driving over obstacles curbs potholes off road This applies in particular to a laden vehicle Stop driving in emergency mode if e you hear banging noises
472. ure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear function is selected in Audio 20 or COMAND see the Digital Operator s Man ual gt Engage reverse gear The rear view camera flap opens The area behind the vehicle is shown with guide lines in the Audio 20 or COMAND display The image from the rear view camera is available throughout the maneuvering process To deactivate the rear view camera deacti vates if you shift the transmission to P or after driving forwards a short distance Driving systems Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Messages in the Audio 20 or COMAND dis play e Reverse parking function e Wide angle function 360 camera General notes The 360 camera is a system consisting of four cameras The system analyzes images from the follow ing cameras e Rear view camera e Front camera e Two cameras in the exterior rear view mir rors The cameras capture the immediate sur roundings of the vehicle The system sup ports you e g when parking or if vision is restricted at an exit You can show pictures from the 360 camera in full screen mode or in six different split screen views on the COMAND Audio 20 dis play A split screen view also includes a top view of the vehicle This view is calculated from the data supplied by
473. uto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient RACE START I Important safety notes Observe the safety notes for the SPORT handling mode gt page 82 RACE START is intended solely for activation on dedicated race circuits RACE START enables optimal acceleration from a standing start The precondition for this is a suitable high grip road surface RACE START is only available in AMG vehi cles Information in the Digital Operator s Manual In the Digital Operator s Manual you will find information on the following topics e Conditions for activation e Activating RACE START AIRMATIC Vehicle level Important safety notes Z WARNING When the vehicle is being lowered people could become trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle body and the wheels or underneath the vehicle There is a risk of injury Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the wheel arches when the vehicle is being lowered A WARNING Vehicles with level control The vehicle is slightly lowered if e you have selected comfort suspension tun ing and e you lock the vehicle within approximately 60 seconds of switching off the engine You and people in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the underbody may thus become trap ped There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the u
474. ve all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop In the exceptional case that it is necessary for you to disconnect the battery yourself make sure that e you switch off the engine and remove the SmartKey On vehicles with KEYLESS GO ensure that the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off Otherwise electronic components such as the alternator may be damaged e you first remove the negative terminal clamp and then the positive terminal clamp Never swap the terminal clamps Otherwise the vehicle s electronic sys tem may be damaged e the transmission is locked in position P after disconnecting the battery The vehi cle is secured against rolling away You can then no longer move the vehicle The battery and the cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Comply with safety precautions and take pro tective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling the bat tery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Avoid con tact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and face guard Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physi cian if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual HYBRID vehi
475. vene in all critical conditions There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause Brake Assist to inter vene If adaptive Brake Assist is not available due to a malfunction in the radar sensor system the brake system remains available with full brake boosting effect and BAS With the help of adaptive Brake Assist the distance warning signal can detect obstacles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time If adaptive Brake Assist detects a risk of col lision with the vehicle in front it calculates the braking force necessary to avoid a colli sion If you apply the brakes forcefully adap tive Brake Assist will automatically increase the braking force to a level suitable for the traffic conditions gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will work normally again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer any danger of a collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated If adaptive Brake Assist demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously Up to a speed of approximately 155 mph 250
476. w the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Vehicles with a gasoline engine avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Other wise the catalytic converter could be damaged by non combusted fuel HYBRID vehicles make sure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers e g due to high voltage 7 Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance umpstertng Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables Observe the following points e The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device e Vehicles with a gasoline engine only jump start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first e Only jump start from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating e Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery slightly e Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch Make sure that e the jumper cables
477. wheels that are not being used ina cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from oil grease gasoline and diesel Preparing the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground Apply the parking brake D r 2 Changing a wheel L Wheels and tires gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Vehicles with AIRMATIC make sure that normal level is selected gt page 166 gt Switch off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 138 gt If included in the vehicle equipment remove the tire change tool kit from the vehicle gt page 270 gt Safeguard the vehicle against rolling away Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Pad aR Paki If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it can be found in the tire change tool kit gt page 270 The folding wheel chock is an additional safety measure to prevent the vehicle from rolling away for example when changing a wheel gt Fold both plates upwards Q gt Fold out lower plate gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into the o
478. when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the sys tem detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately a minute and then remain continuously illuminated This Tire pressure es sequence will be repeated every time the vehi cle is started as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illu minated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incom patible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate Tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire pressure to that recommended for cold tires which is suitable for the operating situation gt page 291 Note that the correct tire pres sure for the current operating situation must first be taught in to the tire pressure monitor If there is a substantial loss of pressure the warning threshold for the warning message is aligned to the reference values taught in Restart the tire pressure monitor after adjust ing the pressure of the cold tires gt page 297 The current
479. will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately to defuse the situation or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so If there is an increased risk of collision pre ventive passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated If the risk of collision with the vehicle in front remains and you do not brake take evasive action or accelerate significantly the vehicle may perform automatic emergency braking up to the point of full brake application Auto matic emergency braking is not performed until immediately prior to an imminent acci dent You can prevent the intervention of the PRE SAFE Brake at any time by e depressing the accelerator pedal further e activating kickdown e releasing the brake pedal The braking action of PRE SAFE Brake is ended automatically if e you maneuver to avoid the obstacle e there is no longer a risk of collision e there is no longer an obstacle detected in front of your vehicle General information STEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting a noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in the direction required for vehicle stabilization This steering assistance is provided in partic ular if e both right wheels or both left wheels are on a slippery road surface when you brake heavily e the vehicle starts to skid Important safety notes Observe the I
480. with the seat function button AMG vehicles the controller is equipped with buttons and Controller The controller in the center console lets you e select menu items on the display e enter characters e select a destination on the map e save entries The controller can be e turned e slid left or right Ea Audio 20 COMAND operating system Function Page Calls up the telephone menu Calls up vehicle settings e slid forwards or back tO e slid diagonally 532 e pressed briefly or pressed and held Back button You can use the amp button to exit a menu or to call up the basic display of the current operating mode p gt To exit the menu briefly press the button Audio 20 COMAND changes to the next higher menu level in the current operating mode gt To call up the basic display press the 4 button for longer than two seconds Audio 20 COMAND changes to the basic display of the current operating mode Clear button gt To delete individual characters briefly press the ctear button on the control panel or gt Briefly press the c clear button on the controller gt To delete an entire entry press and hold the button on the control panel or gt Pressandholdthe c controller CLEAR clear button on the Favorites button You can assign predefined functions using the favori
481. wo seconds recognition time You can then use the Start Stop button Pressing the Start Stop button several times in succession corresponds to the different key positions in the ignition lock This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start Stop button the engine starts immedi ately Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example when starting the engine To start the vehicle without actively using the SmartKey e the Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock e the SmartKey must be in the vehicle e the vehicle must not be locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt page 91 Do not keep the KEYLESS GO key e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can affect the functionality of KEYLESS GO If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey s remote control or with KEYLESS GO after a short time e you will not be able to switch on the ignition with the Start Stop button e you will not be able to start the engine with the Start Stop button until the vehicle is unlocked again If you lock the vehicle centrally using the but ton on the front door gt page 95 you can continue to
482. xle weight rating have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants cargo and full trailer load if applicable weighed on a suitable vehicle weighbridge All about wheels and tires Example 3 1500 Ibs 680 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg 1350 Ibs 612 kg Example 2 1500 Ibs 680 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 960 Ibs 435 kg All about wheels and tires Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand ards Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their pur pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia ble information on tire performance data Tire manufacturers have to grade tires using three performance factors Q tread wear grade 2 traction grade and temperature grade These regulations do not apply to Canada Nevertheless all tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality grading markings on the sidewall of the tire Quality grades can be found where applica ble on the tire sidewall between tread shoul der and maximum section width Py Wheels and tires Fel All about wheels and tires Le Wheels and tires Example e Tread wear grade 200 e Traction grade AA e Temperature grade A All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to these grades The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Treadwear The tread wear grade is a comparative rat
483. y gt To deactivate press the button on the SmartKey twice in rapid succession The battery check lamp of the SmartKey gt page 93 flashes twice briefly and a ssrcey Opening and closing r v2 smarty Opening and closing bt lights up once then KEYLESS GO is deac tivated gt To activate press any button on the SmartKey or insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock KEYLESS GO and all of its associated fea tures are available again You can find information about this in the Digital Operator s Manual General notes If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door or the trunk lid tail gate the antitheft alarm system will be trig gered gt page 87 There are several ways to turn off the alarm gt To deactivate the alarm with the Smart Key press the o or button onthe SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or gt To deactivate the alarm with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button in the igni tion lock The SmartKey must be in the vehicle or gt Lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically gt To unlock the fuel filler flap insert the SmartK
484. y notes H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell or behind the seats There is a dan ger that the seats and or objects could be damaged when PRE SAFE is activated Although your vehicle is equipped with PRE SAFE the possibility of injury in the event of an accident cannot be ruled out Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully Function PRE SAFE intervenes e in emergency braking situations e g when BAS is activated e in critical driving situations e g when phys ical limits are exceeded and the vehicle understeers or oversteers severely e on vehicles with the Driving Assistance package if BAS PLUS intervenes power fully or the radar sensor system detects an imminent danger of collision in certain sit uations PRE SAFE takes the following measures depending on the hazardous situation detec ted e the front seat belts are pre tensioned e the front passenger seat is adjusted if it is in an unfavorable position e if the vehicle skids the sliding sunroof and the side windows are closed so that only a small gap remains The panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is completely closed e the air pressure in the side bolsters of the seat backrests of the front active multicon tour seats is raised If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident PRE SAF
485. you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake visa Parking Information in the Digital Operator s Manual A description of how to switch off the engine can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Parking brake Z WARNING If you must brake the vehicle with the parking brake the braking distance is considerably longer and the wheels could lock There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Only use the parking brake to brake the vehi cle when the service brake is faulty Do not apply the parking brake too firmly If the wheels lock release the parking brake until the wheels begin turning again Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle If you brake the vehicle with the parking brake the brake lamps will not light up besiege ise gt To apply depress parking brake 2 firmly When th
486. ys Hiding display messages gt Press the OK or button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red Some high priority dis play messages cannot be hidden The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes sages have been remedied Message memory The on board computer saves certain display messages in the message memory You can call up the display messages gt Press the lt or P button on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu If there are display messages the multifunction display shows 2 Messages for example gt Press the A or W button to select the entry e g 2 Messages gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the A or W button to scroll through the display messages fc Display messages On board computer and displays Safety systems Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram BAS Brake Assist System the HOLD function PRE SAFE and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS PRE SAFE PLUS and PRE
487. ys 252 Locating a stolen vehicle 252 MB info call button eee 255 Remote vehicle locking 252 Roadside Assistance button 254 Search amp SON cissssccetsescstsceassseeets 252 Self t st su cssedieevescicsiesensiessees 252 Speed alert csnssiicuuusidescsias 252 SYSLOM sos scessstevenesncvsnecsreveesreceens 252 Triggering the vehicle alarm 252 Vehicle remote malfunction diag NOSIS ee E E ERES 252 Vehicle remote unlocking 252 Mechanical key Fu unction NOLES 5 2cacevesdececieceseceexsessee 92 Inserting w c sccscecsseveseueseeecesssnssersetenes 92 Locking vehiCle cs ccesscscsssseceeceeetens 96 REMOVING aescrisesisiriierrorsriresvsisesss 92 Unlocking the driver s door 96 Media Interface see Separate operating instructions Memory card audio 0 190 Memory function cece 117 Mercedes Benz Intelligent Drive S60 CAME ecnin 173 ABS Anti lock Brake System 75 Active Blind Spot Assist 0 180 Active Lane Keeping Assist 183 Active Parking Assist eee 170 ATTENTION ASSIST scsesscssessesetesctsss 175 BAS Brake Assist eeeeeseeeeeeeees 76 BAS PLUS Brake Assist PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist 0 0 0 76 Blind Spot ASSiSt s cccsccssccescescsssssaaces 178 COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS oreren E AR AEEA E 78 Cruise CONTON arere 155 DISTRONIC PLUS eee eeeeeteetees

E-Class - Dealer e

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents